tcc.c

   1 /*
   2  *  TCC - Tiny C Compiler
   3  *
   4  *  Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Fabrice Bellard
   5  *
   6  * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   7  * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   8  * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   9  * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
  10  *
  11  * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  12  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  13  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
  14  * Lesser General Public License for more details.
  15  *
  16  * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
  17  * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
  18  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
  19  */
  20 #define _GNU_SOURCE
  21 #include "config.h"
  22
  23 #ifdef CONFIG_TCCBOOT
  24
  25 #include "tccboot.h"
  26 #define CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
  27
  28 #else
  29
  30 #include <stdlib.h>
  31 #include <stdio.h>
  32 #include <stdarg.h>
  33 #include <string.h>
  34 #include <errno.h>
  35 #include <math.h>
  36 #include <unistd.h>
  37 #include <signal.h>
  38 #include <fcntl.h>
  39 #include <setjmp.h>
  40 #include <time.h>
  41 #ifdef _WIN32
  42 #include <sys/timeb.h>
  43 #include <windows.h>
  44 #endif
  45 #ifndef _WIN32
  46 #include <sys/time.h>
  47 #include <sys/ucontext.h>
  48 #include <sys/mman.h>
  49 #endif
  50
  51 #endif /* !CONFIG_TCCBOOT */
  52
  53 #ifndef PAGESIZE
  54 #define PAGESIZE 4096
  55 #endif
  56
  57 #include "elf.h"
  58 #include "stab.h"
  59
  60 #ifndef O_BINARY
  61 #define O_BINARY 0
  62 #endif
  63
  64 #include "libtcc.h"
  65
  66 /* parser debug */
  67 //#define PARSE_DEBUG
  68 /* preprocessor debug */
  69 //#define PP_DEBUG
  70 /* include file debug */
  71 //#define INC_DEBUG
  72
  73 //#define MEM_DEBUG
  74
  75 /* assembler debug */
  76 //#define ASM_DEBUG
  77
  78 /* target selection */
  79 //#define TCC_TARGET_I386   /* i386 code generator */
  80 //#define TCC_TARGET_ARM    /* ARMv4 code generator */
  81 //#define TCC_TARGET_C67    /* TMS320C67xx code generator */
  82
  83 /* default target is I386 */
  84 #if !defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && \
  85     !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
  86 #define TCC_TARGET_I386
  87 #endif
  88
  89 #if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(TCC_UCLIBC) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && \
  90     !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
  91 #define CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK /* enable bound checking code */
  92 #endif
  93
  94 #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_PE)
  95 #define CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
  96 #endif
  97
  98 /* define it to include assembler support */
  99 #if !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
 100 #define CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 101 #endif
 102
 103 /* object format selection */
 104 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
 105 #define TCC_TARGET_COFF
 106 #endif
 107
 108 #define FALSE 0
 109 #define false 0
 110 #define TRUE 1
 111 #define true 1
 112 typedef int BOOL;
 113
 114 /* path to find crt1.o, crti.o and crtn.o. Only needed when generating
 115    executables or dlls */
 116 #define CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/lib"
 117
 118 #define INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE  32
 119 #define IFDEF_STACK_SIZE    64
 120 #define VSTACK_SIZE         256
 121 #define STRING_MAX_SIZE     1024
 122 #define PACK_STACK_SIZE     8
 123
 124 #define TOK_HASH_SIZE       8192 /* must be a power of two */
 125 #define TOK_ALLOC_INCR      512  /* must be a power of two */
 126 #define TOK_MAX_SIZE        4 /* token max size in int unit when stored in string */
 127
 128 /* token symbol management */
 129 typedef struct TokenSym {
 130     struct TokenSym *hash_next;
 131     struct Sym *sym_define; /* direct pointer to define */
 132     struct Sym *sym_label; /* direct pointer to label */
 133     struct Sym *sym_struct; /* direct pointer to structure */
 134     struct Sym *sym_identifier; /* direct pointer to identifier */
 135     int tok; /* token number */
 136     int len;
 137     char str[1];
 138 } TokenSym;
 139
 140 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 141 typedef unsigned short nwchar_t;
 142 #else
 143 typedef int nwchar_t;
 144 #endif
 145
 146 typedef struct CString {
 147     int size; /* size in bytes */
 148     void *data; /* either 'char *' or 'nwchar_t *' */
 149     int size_allocated;
 150     void *data_allocated; /* if non NULL, data has been malloced */
 151 } CString;
 152
 153 /* type definition */
 154 typedef struct CType {
 155     int t;
 156     struct Sym *ref;
 157 } CType;
 158
 159 /* constant value */
 160 typedef union CValue {
 161     long double ld;
 162     double d;
 163     float f;
 164     int i;
 165     unsigned int ui;
 166     unsigned int ul; /* address (should be unsigned long on 64 bit cpu) */
 167     long long ll;
 168     unsigned long long ull;
 169     struct CString *cstr;
 170     void *ptr;
 171     int tab[1];
 172 } CValue;
 173
 174 /* value on stack */
 175 typedef struct SValue {
 176     CType type;      /* type */
 177     unsigned short r;      /* register + flags */
 178     unsigned short r2;     /* second register, used for 'long long'
 179                               type. If not used, set to VT_CONST */
 180     CValue c;              /* constant, if VT_CONST */
 181     struct Sym *sym;       /* symbol, if (VT_SYM | VT_CONST) */
 182 } SValue;
 183
 184 /* symbol management */
 185 typedef struct Sym {
 186     int v;    /* symbol token */
 187     int r;    /* associated register */
 188     int c;    /* associated number */
 189     CType type;    /* associated type */
 190     struct Sym *next; /* next related symbol */
 191     struct Sym *prev; /* prev symbol in stack */
 192     struct Sym *prev_tok; /* previous symbol for this token */
 193 } Sym;
 194
 195 /* section definition */
 196 /* XXX: use directly ELF structure for parameters ? */
 197 /* special flag to indicate that the section should not be linked to
 198    the other ones */
 199 #define SHF_PRIVATE 0x80000000
 200
 201 typedef struct Section {
 202     unsigned long data_offset; /* current data offset */
 203     unsigned char *data;       /* section data */
 204     unsigned long data_allocated; /* used for realloc() handling */
 205     int sh_name;             /* elf section name (only used during output) */
 206     int sh_num;              /* elf section number */
 207     int sh_type;             /* elf section type */
 208     int sh_flags;            /* elf section flags */
 209     int sh_info;             /* elf section info */
 210     int sh_addralign;        /* elf section alignment */
 211     int sh_entsize;          /* elf entry size */
 212     unsigned long sh_size;   /* section size (only used during output) */
 213     unsigned long sh_addr;      /* address at which the section is relocated */
 214     unsigned long sh_offset;    /* file offset */
 215     int nb_hashed_syms;      /* used to resize the hash table */
 216     struct Section *link;    /* link to another section */
 217     struct Section *reloc;   /* corresponding section for relocation, if any */
 218     struct Section *hash;     /* hash table for symbols */
 219     struct Section *next;
 220     char name[1];           /* section name */
 221 } Section;
 222
 223 typedef struct DLLReference {
 224     int level;
 225     void *handle;
 226     char name[1];
 227 } DLLReference;
 228
 229 /* GNUC attribute definition */
 230 typedef struct AttributeDef {
 231     int aligned;
 232     int packed;
 233     Section *section;
 234     int func_attr; /* calling convention, exports, ... */
 235 } AttributeDef;
 236
 237 /* -------------------------------------------------- */
 238 /* gr: wrappers for casting sym->r for other purposes */
 239 typedef struct {
 240     unsigned
 241       func_call : 8,
 242       func_args : 8,
 243       func_export : 1;
 244 } func_attr_t;
 245
 246 #define FUNC_CALL(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_call)
 247 #define FUNC_EXPORT(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_export)
 248 #define FUNC_ARGS(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_args)
 249 #define INLINE_DEF(r) (*(int **)&(r))
 250 /* -------------------------------------------------- */
 251
 252 #define SYM_STRUCT     0x40000000 /* struct/union/enum symbol space */
 253 #define SYM_FIELD      0x20000000 /* struct/union field symbol space */
 254 #define SYM_FIRST_ANOM 0x10000000 /* first anonymous sym */
 255
 256 /* stored in 'Sym.c' field */
 257 #define FUNC_NEW       1 /* ansi function prototype */
 258 #define FUNC_OLD       2 /* old function prototype */
 259 #define FUNC_ELLIPSIS  3 /* ansi function prototype with ... */
 260
 261 /* stored in 'Sym.r' field */
 262 #define FUNC_CDECL     0 /* standard c call */
 263 #define FUNC_STDCALL   1 /* pascal c call */
 264 #define FUNC_FASTCALL1 2 /* first param in %eax */
 265 #define FUNC_FASTCALL2 3 /* first parameters in %eax, %edx */
 266 #define FUNC_FASTCALL3 4 /* first parameter in %eax, %edx, %ecx */
 267 #define FUNC_FASTCALLW 5 /* first parameter in %ecx, %edx */
 268
 269 /* field 'Sym.t' for macros */
 270 #define MACRO_OBJ      0 /* object like macro */
 271 #define MACRO_FUNC     1 /* function like macro */
 272
 273 /* field 'Sym.r' for C labels */
 274 #define LABEL_DEFINED  0 /* label is defined */
 275 #define LABEL_FORWARD  1 /* label is forward defined */
 276 #define LABEL_DECLARED 2 /* label is declared but never used */
 277
 278 /* type_decl() types */
 279 #define TYPE_ABSTRACT  1 /* type without variable */
 280 #define TYPE_DIRECT    2 /* type with variable */
 281
 282 #define IO_BUF_SIZE 8192
 283
 284 typedef struct BufferedFile {
 285     uint8_t *buf_ptr;
 286     uint8_t *buf_end;
 287     int fd;
 288     int line_num;    /* current line number - here to simplify code */
 289     int ifndef_macro;  /* #ifndef macro / #endif search */
 290     int ifndef_macro_saved; /* saved ifndef_macro */
 291     int *ifdef_stack_ptr; /* ifdef_stack value at the start of the file */
 292     char inc_type;          /* type of include */
 293     char inc_filename[512]; /* filename specified by the user */
 294     char filename[1024];    /* current filename - here to simplify code */
 295     unsigned char buffer[IO_BUF_SIZE + 1]; /* extra size for CH_EOB char */
 296 } BufferedFile;
 297
 298 #define CH_EOB   '\\'       /* end of buffer or '\0' char in file */
 299 #define CH_EOF   (-1)   /* end of file */
 300
 301 /* parsing state (used to save parser state to reparse part of the
 302    source several times) */
 303 typedef struct ParseState {
 304     int *macro_ptr;
 305     int line_num;
 306     int tok;
 307     CValue tokc;
 308 } ParseState;
 309
 310 /* used to record tokens */
 311 typedef struct TokenString {
 312     int *str;
 313     int len;
 314     int allocated_len;
 315     int last_line_num;
 316 } TokenString;
 317
 318 /* include file cache, used to find files faster and also to eliminate
 319    inclusion if the include file is protected by #ifndef ... #endif */
 320 typedef struct CachedInclude {
 321     int ifndef_macro;
 322     int hash_next; /* -1 if none */
 323     char type; /* '"' or '>' to give include type */
 324     char filename[1]; /* path specified in #include */
 325 } CachedInclude;
 326
 327 #define CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE 512
 328
 329 /* parser */
 330 static struct BufferedFile *file;
 331 static int ch, tok;
 332 static CValue tokc;
 333 static CString tokcstr; /* current parsed string, if any */
 334 /* additional informations about token */
 335 static int tok_flags;
 336 #define TOK_FLAG_BOL   0x0001 /* beginning of line before */
 337 #define TOK_FLAG_BOF   0x0002 /* beginning of file before */
 338 #define TOK_FLAG_ENDIF 0x0004 /* a endif was found matching starting #ifdef */
 339 #define TOK_FLAG_EOF   0x0008 /* end of file */
 340
 341 static int *macro_ptr, *macro_ptr_allocated;
 342 static int *unget_saved_macro_ptr;
 343 static int unget_saved_buffer[TOK_MAX_SIZE + 1];
 344 static int unget_buffer_enabled;
 345 static int parse_flags;
 346 #define PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS 0x0001 /* activate preprocessing */
 347 #define PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM    0x0002 /* return numbers instead of TOK_PPNUM */
 348 #define PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED   0x0004 /* line feed is returned as a
 349                                         token. line feed is also
 350                                         returned at eof */
 351 #define PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS 0x0008 /* '#' can be used for line comment */
 352
 353 static Section *text_section, *data_section, *bss_section; /* predefined sections */
 354 static Section *cur_text_section; /* current section where function code is
 355                               generated */
 356 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 357 static Section *last_text_section; /* to handle .previous asm directive */
 358 #endif
 359 /* bound check related sections */
 360 static Section *bounds_section; /* contains global data bound description */
 361 static Section *lbounds_section; /* contains local data bound description */
 362 /* symbol sections */
 363 static Section *symtab_section, *strtab_section;
 364
 365 /* debug sections */
 366 static Section *stab_section, *stabstr_section;
 367
 368 /* loc : local variable index
 369    ind : output code index
 370    rsym: return symbol
 371    anon_sym: anonymous symbol index
 372 */
 373 static int rsym, anon_sym, ind, loc;
 374 /* expression generation modifiers */
 375 static int const_wanted; /* true if constant wanted */
 376 static int nocode_wanted; /* true if no code generation wanted for an expression */
 377 static int global_expr;  /* true if compound literals must be allocated
 378                             globally (used during initializers parsing */
 379 static CType func_vt; /* current function return type (used by return
 380                          instruction) */
 381 static int func_vc;
 382 static int last_line_num, last_ind, func_ind; /* debug last line number and pc */
 383 static int tok_ident;
 384 static TokenSym **table_ident;
 385 static TokenSym *hash_ident[TOK_HASH_SIZE];
 386 static char token_buf[STRING_MAX_SIZE + 1];
 387 static char *funcname;
 388 static Sym *global_stack, *local_stack;
 389 static Sym *define_stack;
 390 static Sym *global_label_stack, *local_label_stack;
 391 /* symbol allocator */
 392 #define SYM_POOL_NB (8192 / sizeof(Sym))
 393 static Sym *sym_free_first;
 394 static void **sym_pools;
 395 static int nb_sym_pools;
 396
 397 static SValue vstack[VSTACK_SIZE], *vtop;
 398 /* some predefined types */
 399 static CType char_pointer_type, func_old_type, int_type;
 400 /* true if isid(c) || isnum(c) */
 401 static unsigned char isidnum_table[256-CH_EOF];
 402
 403 /* display some information during compilation */
 404 static int verbose = 0;
 405
 406 /* compile with debug symbol (and use them if error during execution) */
 407 static int do_debug = 0;
 408
 409 /* compile with built-in memory and bounds checker */
 410 static int do_bounds_check = 0;
 411
 412 /* display benchmark infos */
 413 #if !defined(LIBTCC)
 414 static int do_bench = 0;
 415 #endif
 416 static int total_lines;
 417 static int total_bytes;
 418
 419 /* use GNU C extensions */
 420 static int gnu_ext = 1;
 421
 422 /* use Tiny C extensions */
 423 static int tcc_ext = 1;
 424
 425 /* max number of callers shown if error */
 426 static int num_callers = 6;
 427 static const char **rt_bound_error_msg;
 428
 429 /* XXX: get rid of this ASAP */
 430 static struct TCCState *tcc_state;
 431
 432 /* give the path of the tcc libraries */
 433 static const char *tcc_lib_path = CONFIG_TCCDIR;
 434
 435 struct TCCState {
 436     int output_type;
 437
 438     BufferedFile **include_stack_ptr;
 439     int *ifdef_stack_ptr;
 440
 441     /* include file handling */
 442     char **include_paths;
 443     int nb_include_paths;
 444     char **sysinclude_paths;
 445     int nb_sysinclude_paths;
 446     CachedInclude **cached_includes;
 447     int nb_cached_includes;
 448
 449     char **library_paths;
 450     int nb_library_paths;
 451
 452     /* array of all loaded dlls (including those referenced by loaded
 453        dlls) */
 454     DLLReference **loaded_dlls;
 455     int nb_loaded_dlls;
 456
 457     /* sections */
 458     Section **sections;
 459     int nb_sections; /* number of sections, including first dummy section */
 460
 461     /* got handling */
 462     Section *got;
 463     Section *plt;
 464     unsigned long *got_offsets;
 465     int nb_got_offsets;
 466     /* give the correspondance from symtab indexes to dynsym indexes */
 467     int *symtab_to_dynsym;
 468
 469     /* temporary dynamic symbol sections (for dll loading) */
 470     Section *dynsymtab_section;
 471     /* exported dynamic symbol section */
 472     Section *dynsym;
 473
 474     int nostdinc; /* if true, no standard headers are added */
 475     int nostdlib; /* if true, no standard libraries are added */
 476
 477     int nocommon; /* if true, do not use common symbols for .bss data */
 478
 479     /* if true, static linking is performed */
 480     int static_link;
 481
 482     /* soname as specified on the command line (-soname) */
 483     const char *soname;
 484
 485     /* if true, all symbols are exported */
 486     int rdynamic;
 487
 488     /* if true, only link in referenced objects from archive */
 489     int alacarte_link;
 490
 491     /* address of text section */
 492     unsigned long text_addr;
 493     int has_text_addr;
 494
 495     /* output format, see TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_xxx */
 496     int output_format;
 497
 498     /* C language options */
 499     int char_is_unsigned;
 500     int leading_underscore;
 501
 502     /* warning switches */
 503     int warn_write_strings;
 504     int warn_unsupported;
 505     int warn_error;
 506     int warn_none;
 507     int warn_implicit_function_declaration;
 508
 509     /* error handling */
 510     void *error_opaque;
 511     void (*error_func)(void *opaque, const char *msg);
 512     int error_set_jmp_enabled;
 513     jmp_buf error_jmp_buf;
 514     int nb_errors;
 515
 516     /* tiny assembler state */
 517     Sym *asm_labels;
 518
 519     /* see include_stack_ptr */
 520     BufferedFile *include_stack[INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE];
 521
 522     /* see ifdef_stack_ptr */
 523     int ifdef_stack[IFDEF_STACK_SIZE];
 524
 525     /* see cached_includes */
 526     int cached_includes_hash[CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE];
 527
 528     /* pack stack */
 529     int pack_stack[PACK_STACK_SIZE];
 530     int *pack_stack_ptr;
 531
 532     /* output file for preprocessing */
 533     FILE *outfile;
 534 };
 535
 536 /* The current value can be: */
 537 #define VT_VALMASK   0x00ff
 538 #define VT_CONST     0x00f0  /* constant in vc
 539                               (must be first non register value) */
 540 #define VT_LLOCAL    0x00f1  /* lvalue, offset on stack */
 541 #define VT_LOCAL     0x00f2  /* offset on stack */
 542 #define VT_CMP       0x00f3  /* the value is stored in processor flags (in vc) */
 543 #define VT_JMP       0x00f4  /* value is the consequence of jmp true (even) */
 544 #define VT_JMPI      0x00f5  /* value is the consequence of jmp false (odd) */
 545 #define VT_LVAL      0x0100  /* var is an lvalue */
 546 #define VT_SYM       0x0200  /* a symbol value is added */
 547 #define VT_MUSTCAST  0x0400  /* value must be casted to be correct (used for
 548                                 char/short stored in integer registers) */
 549 #define VT_MUSTBOUND 0x0800  /* bound checking must be done before
 550                                 dereferencing value */
 551 #define VT_BOUNDED   0x8000  /* value is bounded. The address of the
 552                                 bounding function call point is in vc */
 553 #define VT_LVAL_BYTE     0x1000  /* lvalue is a byte */
 554 #define VT_LVAL_SHORT    0x2000  /* lvalue is a short */
 555 #define VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED 0x4000  /* lvalue is unsigned */
 556 #define VT_LVAL_TYPE     (VT_LVAL_BYTE | VT_LVAL_SHORT | VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
 557
 558 /* types */
 559 #define VT_INT        0  /* integer type */
 560 #define VT_BYTE       1  /* signed byte type */
 561 #define VT_SHORT      2  /* short type */
 562 #define VT_VOID       3  /* void type */
 563 #define VT_PTR        4  /* pointer */
 564 #define VT_ENUM       5  /* enum definition */
 565 #define VT_FUNC       6  /* function type */
 566 #define VT_STRUCT     7  /* struct/union definition */
 567 #define VT_FLOAT      8  /* IEEE float */
 568 #define VT_DOUBLE     9  /* IEEE double */
 569 #define VT_LDOUBLE   10  /* IEEE long double */
 570 #define VT_BOOL      11  /* ISOC99 boolean type */
 571 #define VT_LLONG     12  /* 64 bit integer */
 572 #define VT_LONG      13  /* long integer (NEVER USED as type, only
 573                             during parsing) */
 574 #define VT_BTYPE      0x000f /* mask for basic type */
 575 #define VT_UNSIGNED   0x0010  /* unsigned type */
 576 #define VT_ARRAY      0x0020  /* array type (also has VT_PTR) */
 577 #define VT_BITFIELD   0x0040  /* bitfield modifier */
 578 #define VT_CONSTANT   0x0800  /* const modifier */
 579 #define VT_VOLATILE   0x1000  /* volatile modifier */
 580 #define VT_SIGNED     0x2000  /* signed type */
 581
 582 /* storage */
 583 #define VT_EXTERN  0x00000080  /* extern definition */
 584 #define VT_STATIC  0x00000100  /* static variable */
 585 #define VT_TYPEDEF 0x00000200  /* typedef definition */
 586 #define VT_INLINE  0x00000400  /* inline definition */
 587
 588 #define VT_STRUCT_SHIFT 16   /* shift for bitfield shift values */
 589
 590 /* type mask (except storage) */
 591 #define VT_STORAGE (VT_EXTERN | VT_STATIC | VT_TYPEDEF | VT_INLINE)
 592 #define VT_TYPE    (~(VT_STORAGE))
 593
 594 /* token values */
 595
 596 /* warning: the following compare tokens depend on i386 asm code */
 597 #define TOK_ULT 0x92
 598 #define TOK_UGE 0x93
 599 #define TOK_EQ  0x94
 600 #define TOK_NE  0x95
 601 #define TOK_ULE 0x96
 602 #define TOK_UGT 0x97
 603 #define TOK_Nset 0x98
 604 #define TOK_Nclear 0x99
 605 #define TOK_LT  0x9c
 606 #define TOK_GE  0x9d
 607 #define TOK_LE  0x9e
 608 #define TOK_GT  0x9f
 609
 610 #define TOK_LAND  0xa0
 611 #define TOK_LOR   0xa1
 612
 613 #define TOK_DEC   0xa2
 614 #define TOK_MID   0xa3 /* inc/dec, to void constant */
 615 #define TOK_INC   0xa4
 616 #define TOK_UDIV  0xb0 /* unsigned division */
 617 #define TOK_UMOD  0xb1 /* unsigned modulo */
 618 #define TOK_PDIV  0xb2 /* fast division with undefined rounding for pointers */
 619 #define TOK_CINT   0xb3 /* number in tokc */
 620 #define TOK_CCHAR 0xb4 /* char constant in tokc */
 621 #define TOK_STR   0xb5 /* pointer to string in tokc */
 622 #define TOK_TWOSHARPS 0xb6 /* ## preprocessing token */
 623 #define TOK_LCHAR    0xb7
 624 #define TOK_LSTR     0xb8
 625 #define TOK_CFLOAT   0xb9 /* float constant */
 626 #define TOK_LINENUM  0xba /* line number info */
 627 #define TOK_CDOUBLE  0xc0 /* double constant */
 628 #define TOK_CLDOUBLE 0xc1 /* long double constant */
 629 #define TOK_UMULL    0xc2 /* unsigned 32x32 -> 64 mul */
 630 #define TOK_ADDC1    0xc3 /* add with carry generation */
 631 #define TOK_ADDC2    0xc4 /* add with carry use */
 632 #define TOK_SUBC1    0xc5 /* add with carry generation */
 633 #define TOK_SUBC2    0xc6 /* add with carry use */
 634 #define TOK_CUINT    0xc8 /* unsigned int constant */
 635 #define TOK_CLLONG   0xc9 /* long long constant */
 636 #define TOK_CULLONG  0xca /* unsigned long long constant */
 637 #define TOK_ARROW    0xcb
 638 #define TOK_DOTS     0xcc /* three dots */
 639 #define TOK_SHR      0xcd /* unsigned shift right */
 640 #define TOK_PPNUM    0xce /* preprocessor number */
 641
 642 #define TOK_SHL   0x01 /* shift left */
 643 #define TOK_SAR   0x02 /* signed shift right */
 644
 645 /* assignement operators : normal operator or 0x80 */
 646 #define TOK_A_MOD 0xa5
 647 #define TOK_A_AND 0xa6
 648 #define TOK_A_MUL 0xaa
 649 #define TOK_A_ADD 0xab
 650 #define TOK_A_SUB 0xad
 651 #define TOK_A_DIV 0xaf
 652 #define TOK_A_XOR 0xde
 653 #define TOK_A_OR  0xfc
 654 #define TOK_A_SHL 0x81
 655 #define TOK_A_SAR 0x82
 656
 657 #ifndef offsetof
 658 #define offsetof(type, field) ((size_t) &((type *)0)->field)
 659 #endif
 660
 661 #ifndef countof
 662 #define countof(tab) (sizeof(tab) / sizeof((tab)[0]))
 663 #endif
 664
 665 /* WARNING: the content of this string encodes token numbers */
 666 static char tok_two_chars[] = "<=\236>=\235!=\225&&\240||\241++\244--\242==\224<<\1>>\2+=\253-=\255*=\252/=\257%=\245&=\246^=\336|=\374->\313..\250##\266";
 667
 668 #define TOK_EOF       (-1)  /* end of file */
 669 #define TOK_LINEFEED  10    /* line feed */
 670
 671 /* all identificators and strings have token above that */
 672 #define TOK_IDENT 256
 673
 674 /* only used for i386 asm opcodes definitions */
 675 #define DEF_ASM(x) DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 676
 677 #define DEF_BWL(x) \
 678  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## b, #x "b") \
 679  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## w, #x "w") \
 680  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## l, #x "l") \
 681  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 682
 683 #define DEF_WL(x) \
 684  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## w, #x "w") \
 685  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## l, #x "l") \
 686  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 687
 688 #define DEF_FP1(x) \
 689  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## s, "f" #x "s") \
 690  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## fi ## x ## l, "fi" #x "l") \
 691  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## l, "f" #x "l") \
 692  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## fi ## x ## s, "fi" #x "s")
 693
 694 #define DEF_FP(x) \
 695  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x, "f" #x ) \
 696  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## p, "f" #x "p") \
 697  DEF_FP1(x)
 698
 699 #define DEF_ASMTEST(x) \
 700  DEF_ASM(x ## o) \
 701  DEF_ASM(x ## no) \
 702  DEF_ASM(x ## b) \
 703  DEF_ASM(x ## c) \
 704  DEF_ASM(x ## nae) \
 705  DEF_ASM(x ## nb) \
 706  DEF_ASM(x ## nc) \
 707  DEF_ASM(x ## ae) \
 708  DEF_ASM(x ## e) \
 709  DEF_ASM(x ## z) \
 710  DEF_ASM(x ## ne) \
 711  DEF_ASM(x ## nz) \
 712  DEF_ASM(x ## be) \
 713  DEF_ASM(x ## na) \
 714  DEF_ASM(x ## nbe) \
 715  DEF_ASM(x ## a) \
 716  DEF_ASM(x ## s) \
 717  DEF_ASM(x ## ns) \
 718  DEF_ASM(x ## p) \
 719  DEF_ASM(x ## pe) \
 720  DEF_ASM(x ## np) \
 721  DEF_ASM(x ## po) \
 722  DEF_ASM(x ## l) \
 723  DEF_ASM(x ## nge) \
 724  DEF_ASM(x ## nl) \
 725  DEF_ASM(x ## ge) \
 726  DEF_ASM(x ## le) \
 727  DEF_ASM(x ## ng) \
 728  DEF_ASM(x ## nle) \
 729  DEF_ASM(x ## g)
 730
 731 #define TOK_ASM_int TOK_INT
 732
 733 enum tcc_token {
 734     TOK_LAST = TOK_IDENT - 1,
 735 #define DEF(id, str) id,
 736 #include "tcctok.h"
 737 #undef DEF
 738 };
 739
 740 static const char tcc_keywords[] =
 741 #define DEF(id, str) str "\0"
 742 #include "tcctok.h"
 743 #undef DEF
 744 ;
 745
 746 #define TOK_UIDENT TOK_DEFINE
 747
 748 #ifdef _WIN32
 749 #define snprintf _snprintf
 750 #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
 751 #ifndef __GNUC__
 752   #define strtold (long double)strtod
 753   #define strtof (float)strtod
 754   #define strtoll (long long)strtol
 755 #endif
 756 #elif defined(TCC_UCLIBC) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) \
 757     || defined(__OpenBSD__)
 758 /* currently incorrect */
 759 long double strtold(const char *nptr, char **endptr)
 760 {
 761     return (long double)strtod(nptr, endptr);
 762 }
 763 float strtof(const char *nptr, char **endptr)
 764 {
 765     return (float)strtod(nptr, endptr);
 766 }
 767 #else
 768 /* XXX: need to define this to use them in non ISOC99 context */
 769 extern float strtof (const char *__nptr, char **__endptr);
 770 extern long double strtold (const char *__nptr, char **__endptr);
 771 #endif
 772
 773 static char *pstrcpy(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s);
 774 static char *pstrcat(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s);
 775 static char *tcc_basename(const char *name);
 776 static char *tcc_fileextension (const char *p);
 777
 778 static void next(void);
 779 static void next_nomacro(void);
 780 static void parse_expr_type(CType *type);
 781 static void expr_type(CType *type);
 782 static void unary_type(CType *type);
 783 static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int *case_sym, int *def_sym,
 784                   int case_reg, int is_expr);
 785 static int expr_const(void);
 786 static void expr_eq(void);
 787 static void gexpr(void);
 788 static void gen_inline_functions(void);
 789 static void decl(int l);
 790 static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
 791                              int first, int size_only);
 792 static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
 793                                    int has_init, int v, int scope);
 794 int gv(int rc);
 795 void gv2(int rc1, int rc2);
 796 void move_reg(int r, int s);
 797 void save_regs(int n);
 798 void save_reg(int r);
 799 void vpop(void);
 800 void vswap(void);
 801 void vdup(void);
 802 int get_reg(int rc);
 803 int get_reg_ex(int rc,int rc2);
 804
 805 struct macro_level {
 806     struct macro_level *prev;
 807     int *p;
 808 };
 809
 810 static void macro_subst(TokenString *tok_str, Sym **nested_list,
 811                         const int *macro_str, struct macro_level **can_read_stream);
 812 void gen_op(int op);
 813 void force_charshort_cast(int t);
 814 static void gen_cast(CType *type);
 815 void vstore(void);
 816 static Sym *sym_find(int v);
 817 static Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c);
 818
 819 /* type handling */
 820 static int type_size(CType *type, int *a);
 821 static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type);
 822 static int pointed_size(CType *type);
 823 static int lvalue_type(int t);
 824 static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad);
 825 static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td);
 826 static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified);
 827 static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
 828 static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
 829
 830 int ieee_finite(double d);
 831 void error(const char *fmt, ...);
 832 void vpushi(int v);
 833 void vrott(int n);
 834 void vnrott(int n);
 835 void lexpand_nr(void);
 836 static void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v);
 837 void vset(CType *type, int r, int v);
 838 void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
 839                  CType *type, const char *varstr);
 840 char *get_tok_str(int v, CValue *cv);
 841 static Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec,
 842                         unsigned long offset, unsigned long size);
 843 static Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r);
 844
 845 /* section generation */
 846 static void section_realloc(Section *sec, unsigned long new_size);
 847 static void *section_ptr_add(Section *sec, unsigned long size);
 848 static void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
 849                            unsigned long value, unsigned long size);
 850 static void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long addr, int type);
 851 static int put_elf_str(Section *s, const char *sym);
 852 static int put_elf_sym(Section *s,
 853                        unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
 854                        int info, int other, int shndx, const char *name);
 855 static int add_elf_sym(Section *s, unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
 856                        int info, int other, int sh_num, const char *name);
 857 static void put_elf_reloc(Section *symtab, Section *s, unsigned long offset,
 858                           int type, int symbol);
 859 static void put_stabs(const char *str, int type, int other, int desc,
 860                       unsigned long value);
 861 static void put_stabs_r(const char *str, int type, int other, int desc,
 862                         unsigned long value, Section *sec, int sym_index);
 863 static void put_stabn(int type, int other, int desc, int value);
 864 static void put_stabd(int type, int other, int desc);
 865 static int tcc_add_dll(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags);
 866
 867 #define AFF_PRINT_ERROR     0x0001 /* print error if file not found */
 868 #define AFF_REFERENCED_DLL  0x0002 /* load a referenced dll from another dll */
 869 #define AFF_PREPROCESS      0x0004 /* preprocess file */
 870 static int tcc_add_file_internal(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags);
 871
 872 /* tcccoff.c */
 873 int tcc_output_coff(TCCState *s1, FILE *f);
 874
 875 /* tccpe.c */
 876 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, int type);
 877 int pe_load_def_file(struct TCCState *s1, int fd);
 878 int pe_test_res_file(void *v, int size);
 879 int pe_load_res_file(struct TCCState *s1, int fd);
 880 void pe_add_runtime(struct TCCState *s1);
 881 void pe_guess_outfile(char *objfilename, int output_type);
 882 int pe_output_file(struct TCCState *s1, const char *filename);
 883
 884 /* tccasm.c */
 885
 886 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 887
 888 typedef struct ExprValue {
 889     uint32_t v;
 890     Sym *sym;
 891 } ExprValue;
 892
 893 #define MAX_ASM_OPERANDS 30
 894
 895 typedef struct ASMOperand {
 896     int id; /* GCC 3 optionnal identifier (0 if number only supported */
 897     char *constraint;
 898     char asm_str[16]; /* computed asm string for operand */
 899     SValue *vt; /* C value of the expression */
 900     int ref_index; /* if >= 0, gives reference to a output constraint */
 901     int input_index; /* if >= 0, gives reference to an input constraint */
 902     int priority; /* priority, used to assign registers */
 903     int reg; /* if >= 0, register number used for this operand */
 904     int is_llong; /* true if double register value */
 905     int is_memory; /* true if memory operand */
 906     int is_rw;     /* for '+' modifier */
 907 } ASMOperand;
 908
 909 static void asm_expr(TCCState *s1, ExprValue *pe);
 910 static int asm_int_expr(TCCState *s1);
 911 static int find_constraint(ASMOperand *operands, int nb_operands,
 912                            const char *name, const char **pp);
 913
 914 static int tcc_assemble(TCCState *s1, int do_preprocess);
 915
 916 #endif
 917
 918 static void asm_instr(void);
 919 static void asm_global_instr(void);
 920
 921 /* true if float/double/long double type */
 922 static inline int is_float(int t)
 923 {
 924     int bt;
 925     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
 926     return bt == VT_LDOUBLE || bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_FLOAT;
 927 }
 928
 929 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
 930 #include "i386-gen.c"
 931 #endif
 932
 933 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
 934 #include "arm-gen.c"
 935 #endif
 936
 937 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
 938 #include "c67-gen.c"
 939 #endif
 940
 941 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
 942
 943 #define RTLD_LAZY       0x001
 944 #define RTLD_NOW        0x002
 945 #define RTLD_GLOBAL     0x100
 946 #define RTLD_DEFAULT    NULL
 947
 948 /* dummy function for profiling */
 949 void *dlopen(const char *filename, int flag)
 950 {
 951     return NULL;
 952 }
 953
 954 const char *dlerror(void)
 955 {
 956     return "error";
 957 }
 958
 959 typedef struct TCCSyms {
 960     char *str;
 961     void *ptr;
 962 } TCCSyms;
 963
 964 #define TCCSYM(a) { #a, &a, },
 965
 966 /* add the symbol you want here if no dynamic linking is done */
 967 static TCCSyms tcc_syms[] = {
 968 #if !defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
 969     TCCSYM(printf)
 970     TCCSYM(fprintf)
 971     TCCSYM(fopen)
 972     TCCSYM(fclose)
 973 #endif
 974     { NULL, NULL },
 975 };
 976
 977 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *symbol, int type)
 978 {
 979     TCCSyms *p;
 980     p = tcc_syms;
 981     while (p->str != NULL) {
 982         if (!strcmp(p->str, symbol))
 983             return p->ptr;
 984         p++;
 985     }
 986     return NULL;
 987 }
 988
 989 #elif !defined(_WIN32)
 990
 991 #include <dlfcn.h>
 992
 993 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, int type)
 994 {
 995     return dlsym(RTLD_DEFAULT, sym);
 996 }
 997
 998 #endif
 999
1000 /********************************************************/
1001
1002 /* we use our own 'finite' function to avoid potential problems with
1003    non standard math libs */
1004 /* XXX: endianness dependent */
1005 int ieee_finite(double d)
1006 {
1007     int *p = (int *)&d;
1008     return ((unsigned)((p[1] | 0x800fffff) + 1)) >> 31;
1009 }
1010
1011 /* copy a string and truncate it. */
1012 static char *pstrcpy(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s)
1013 {
1014     char *q, *q_end;
1015     int c;
1016
1017     if (buf_size > 0) {
1018         q = buf;
1019         q_end = buf + buf_size - 1;
1020         while (q < q_end) {
1021             c = *s++;
1022             if (c == '\0')
1023                 break;
1024             *q++ = c;
1025         }
1026         *q = '\0';
1027     }
1028     return buf;
1029 }
1030
1031 /* strcat and truncate. */
1032 static char *pstrcat(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s)
1033 {
1034     int len;
1035     len = strlen(buf);
1036     if (len < buf_size)
1037         pstrcpy(buf + len, buf_size - len, s);
1038     return buf;
1039 }
1040
1041 #ifndef LIBTCC
1042 static int strstart(const char *str, const char *val, const char **ptr)
1043 {
1044     const char *p, *q;
1045     p = str;
1046     q = val;
1047     while (*q != '\0') {
1048         if (*p != *q)
1049             return 0;
1050         p++;
1051         q++;
1052     }
1053     if (ptr)
1054         *ptr = p;
1055     return 1;
1056 }
1057 #endif
1058
1059 /* extract the basename of a file */
1060 static char *tcc_basename(const char *name)
1061 {
1062     char *p = strchr(name, 0);
1063     while (p > name
1064         && p[-1] != '/'
1065 #ifdef _WIN32
1066         && p[-1] != '\\'
1067 #endif
1068         )
1069         --p;
1070     return p;
1071 }
1072
1073 static char *tcc_fileextension (const char *name)
1074 {
1075     char *b = tcc_basename(name);
1076     char *e = strrchr(b, '.');
1077     return e ? e : strchr(b, 0);
1078 }
1079
1080 #ifdef _WIN32
1081 char *normalize_slashes(char *path)
1082 {
1083     char *p;
1084     for (p = path; *p; ++p)
1085         if (*p == '\\')
1086             *p = '/';
1087     return path;
1088 }
1089
1090 char *w32_tcc_lib_path(void)
1091 {
1092     /* on win32, we suppose the lib and includes are at the location
1093        of 'tcc.exe' */
1094     char path[1024], *p;
1095     GetModuleFileNameA(NULL, path, sizeof path);
1096     p = tcc_basename(normalize_slashes(strlwr(path)));
1097     if (p - 5 > path && 0 == strncmp(p - 5, "/bin/", 5))
1098         p -= 5;
1099     else if (p > path)
1100         p--;
1101     *p = 0;
1102     return strdup(path);
1103 }
1104 #endif
1105
1106 void set_pages_executable(void *ptr, unsigned long length)
1107 {
1108 #ifdef _WIN32
1109     unsigned long old_protect;
1110     VirtualProtect(ptr, length, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE, &old_protect);
1111 #else
1112     unsigned long start, end;
1113     start = (unsigned long)ptr & ~(PAGESIZE - 1);
1114     end = (unsigned long)ptr + length;
1115     end = (end + PAGESIZE - 1) & ~(PAGESIZE - 1);
1116     mprotect((void *)start, end - start, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE | PROT_EXEC);
1117 #endif
1118 }
1119
1120 /* memory management */
1121 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1122 int mem_cur_size;
1123 int mem_max_size;
1124 unsigned malloc_usable_size(void*);
1125 #endif
1126
1127 static inline void tcc_free(void *ptr)
1128 {
1129 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1130     mem_cur_size -= malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1131 #endif
1132     free(ptr);
1133 }
1134
1135 static void *tcc_malloc(unsigned long size)
1136 {
1137     void *ptr;
1138     ptr = malloc(size);
1139     if (!ptr && size)
1140         error("memory full");
1141 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1142     mem_cur_size += malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1143     if (mem_cur_size > mem_max_size)
1144         mem_max_size = mem_cur_size;
1145 #endif
1146     return ptr;
1147 }
1148
1149 static void *tcc_mallocz(unsigned long size)
1150 {
1151     void *ptr;
1152     ptr = tcc_malloc(size);
1153     memset(ptr, 0, size);
1154     return ptr;
1155 }
1156
1157 static inline void *tcc_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned long size)
1158 {
1159     void *ptr1;
1160 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1161     mem_cur_size -= malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1162 #endif
1163     ptr1 = realloc(ptr, size);
1164 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1165     /* NOTE: count not correct if alloc error, but not critical */
1166     mem_cur_size += malloc_usable_size(ptr1);
1167     if (mem_cur_size > mem_max_size)
1168         mem_max_size = mem_cur_size;
1169 #endif
1170     return ptr1;
1171 }
1172
1173 static char *tcc_strdup(const char *str)
1174 {
1175     char *ptr;
1176     ptr = tcc_malloc(strlen(str) + 1);
1177     strcpy(ptr, str);
1178     return ptr;
1179 }
1180
1181 #define free(p) use_tcc_free(p)
1182 #define malloc(s) use_tcc_malloc(s)
1183 #define realloc(p, s) use_tcc_realloc(p, s)
1184
1185 static void dynarray_add(void ***ptab, int *nb_ptr, void *data)
1186 {
1187     int nb, nb_alloc;
1188     void **pp;
1189
1190     nb = *nb_ptr;
1191     pp = *ptab;
1192     /* every power of two we double array size */
1193     if ((nb & (nb - 1)) == 0) {
1194         if (!nb)
1195             nb_alloc = 1;
1196         else
1197             nb_alloc = nb * 2;
1198         pp = tcc_realloc(pp, nb_alloc * sizeof(void *));
1199         if (!pp)
1200             error("memory full");
1201         *ptab = pp;
1202     }
1203     pp[nb++] = data;
1204     *nb_ptr = nb;
1205 }
1206
1207 static void dynarray_reset(void *pp, int *n)
1208 {
1209     void **p;
1210     for (p = *(void***)pp; *n; ++p, --*n)
1211         if (*p)
1212             tcc_free(*p);
1213     tcc_free(*(void**)pp);
1214     *(void**)pp = NULL;
1215 }
1216
1217 /* symbol allocator */
1218 static Sym *__sym_malloc(void)
1219 {
1220     Sym *sym_pool, *sym, *last_sym;
1221     int i;
1222
1223     sym_pool = tcc_malloc(SYM_POOL_NB * sizeof(Sym));
1224     dynarray_add(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools, sym_pool);
1225
1226     last_sym = sym_free_first;
1227     sym = sym_pool;
1228     for(i = 0; i < SYM_POOL_NB; i++) {
1229         sym->next = last_sym;
1230         last_sym = sym;
1231         sym++;
1232     }
1233     sym_free_first = last_sym;
1234     return last_sym;
1235 }
1236
1237 static inline Sym *sym_malloc(void)
1238 {
1239     Sym *sym;
1240     sym = sym_free_first;
1241     if (!sym)
1242         sym = __sym_malloc();
1243     sym_free_first = sym->next;
1244     return sym;
1245 }
1246
1247 static inline void sym_free(Sym *sym)
1248 {
1249     sym->next = sym_free_first;
1250     sym_free_first = sym;
1251 }
1252
1253 Section *new_section(TCCState *s1, const char *name, int sh_type, int sh_flags)
1254 {
1255     Section *sec;
1256
1257     sec = tcc_mallocz(sizeof(Section) + strlen(name));
1258     strcpy(sec->name, name);
1259     sec->sh_type = sh_type;
1260     sec->sh_flags = sh_flags;
1261     switch(sh_type) {
1262     case SHT_HASH:
1263     case SHT_REL:
1264     case SHT_DYNSYM:
1265     case SHT_SYMTAB:
1266     case SHT_DYNAMIC:
1267         sec->sh_addralign = 4;
1268         break;
1269     case SHT_STRTAB:
1270         sec->sh_addralign = 1;
1271         break;
1272     default:
1273         sec->sh_addralign = 32; /* default conservative alignment */
1274         break;
1275     }
1276
1277     /* only add section if not private */
1278     if (!(sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE)) {
1279         sec->sh_num = s1->nb_sections;
1280         dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->sections, &s1->nb_sections, sec);
1281     }
1282     return sec;
1283 }
1284
1285 static void free_section(Section *s)
1286 {
1287     if (s->link && (s->link->sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE))
1288         free_section(s->link);
1289     if (s->hash && (s->hash->sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE))
1290         s->hash->link = NULL, free_section(s->hash);
1291     tcc_free(s->data);
1292     tcc_free(s);
1293 }
1294
1295 /* realloc section and set its content to zero */
1296 static void section_realloc(Section *sec, unsigned long new_size)
1297 {
1298     unsigned long size;
1299     unsigned char *data;
1300
1301     size = sec->data_allocated;
1302     if (size == 0)
1303         size = 1;
1304     while (size < new_size)
1305         size = size * 2;
1306     data = tcc_realloc(sec->data, size);
1307     if (!data)
1308         error("memory full");
1309     memset(data + sec->data_allocated, 0, size - sec->data_allocated);
1310     sec->data = data;
1311     sec->data_allocated = size;
1312 }
1313
1314 /* reserve at least 'size' bytes in section 'sec' from
1315    sec->data_offset. */
1316 static void *section_ptr_add(Section *sec, unsigned long size)
1317 {
1318     unsigned long offset, offset1;
1319
1320     offset = sec->data_offset;
1321     offset1 = offset + size;
1322     if (offset1 > sec->data_allocated)
1323         section_realloc(sec, offset1);
1324     sec->data_offset = offset1;
1325     return sec->data + offset;
1326 }
1327
1328 /* return a reference to a section, and create it if it does not
1329    exists */
1330 Section *find_section(TCCState *s1, const char *name)
1331 {
1332     Section *sec;
1333     int i;
1334     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
1335         sec = s1->sections[i];
1336         if (!strcmp(name, sec->name))
1337             return sec;
1338     }
1339     /* sections are created as PROGBITS */
1340     return new_section(s1, name, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
1341 }
1342
1343 #define SECTION_ABS ((void *)1)
1344
1345 /* update sym->c so that it points to an external symbol in section
1346    'section' with value 'value' */
1347 static void put_extern_sym2(Sym *sym, Section *section,
1348                             unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
1349                             int can_add_underscore)
1350 {
1351     int sym_type, sym_bind, sh_num, info, other, attr;
1352     Elf32_Sym *esym;
1353     const char *name;
1354     char buf1[256];
1355
1356     if (section == NULL)
1357         sh_num = SHN_UNDEF;
1358     else if (section == SECTION_ABS)
1359         sh_num = SHN_ABS;
1360     else
1361         sh_num = section->sh_num;
1362
1363     other = attr = 0;
1364
1365     if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
1366         sym_type = STT_FUNC;
1367 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
1368         if (sym->type.ref)
1369             attr = sym->type.ref->r;
1370         if (FUNC_EXPORT(attr))
1371             other |= 1;
1372         if (FUNC_CALL(attr) == FUNC_STDCALL)
1373             other |= 2;
1374 #endif
1375     } else {
1376         sym_type = STT_OBJECT;
1377     }
1378
1379     if (sym->type.t & VT_STATIC)
1380         sym_bind = STB_LOCAL;
1381     else
1382         sym_bind = STB_GLOBAL;
1383
1384     if (!sym->c) {
1385         name = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
1386 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
1387         if (do_bounds_check) {
1388             char buf[32];
1389
1390             /* XXX: avoid doing that for statics ? */
1391             /* if bound checking is activated, we change some function
1392                names by adding the "__bound" prefix */
1393             switch(sym->v) {
1394 #if 0
1395             /* XXX: we rely only on malloc hooks */
1396             case TOK_malloc:
1397             case TOK_free:
1398             case TOK_realloc:
1399             case TOK_memalign:
1400             case TOK_calloc:
1401 #endif
1402             case TOK_memcpy:
1403             case TOK_memmove:
1404             case TOK_memset:
1405             case TOK_strlen:
1406             case TOK_strcpy:
1407             case TOK__alloca:
1408                 strcpy(buf, "__bound_");
1409                 strcat(buf, name);
1410                 name = buf;
1411                 break;
1412             }
1413         }
1414 #endif
1415
1416 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
1417         if ((other & 2) && can_add_underscore) {
1418             sprintf(buf1, "_%s@%d", name, FUNC_ARGS(attr));
1419             name = buf1;
1420         } else
1421 #endif
1422         if (tcc_state->leading_underscore && can_add_underscore) {
1423             buf1[0] = '_';
1424             pstrcpy(buf1 + 1, sizeof(buf1) - 1, name);
1425             name = buf1;
1426         }
1427         info = ELF32_ST_INFO(sym_bind, sym_type);
1428         sym->c = add_elf_sym(symtab_section, value, size, info, other, sh_num, name);
1429     } else {
1430         esym = &((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
1431         esym->st_value = value;
1432         esym->st_size = size;
1433         esym->st_shndx = sh_num;
1434         esym->st_other |= other;
1435     }
1436 }
1437
1438 static void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
1439                            unsigned long value, unsigned long size)
1440 {
1441     put_extern_sym2(sym, section, value, size, 1);
1442 }
1443
1444 /* add a new relocation entry to symbol 'sym' in section 's' */
1445 static void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long offset, int type)
1446 {
1447     if (!sym->c)
1448         put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, 0, 0);
1449     /* now we can add ELF relocation info */
1450     put_elf_reloc(symtab_section, s, offset, type, sym->c);
1451 }
1452
1453 static inline int isid(int c)
1454 {
1455     return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ||
1456         (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') ||
1457         c == '_';
1458 }
1459
1460 static inline int isnum(int c)
1461 {
1462     return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
1463 }
1464
1465 static inline int isoct(int c)
1466 {
1467     return c >= '0' && c <= '7';
1468 }
1469
1470 static inline int toup(int c)
1471 {
1472     if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
1473         return c - 'a' + 'A';
1474     else
1475         return c;
1476 }
1477
1478 static void strcat_vprintf(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
1479 {
1480     int len;
1481     len = strlen(buf);
1482     vsnprintf(buf + len, buf_size - len, fmt, ap);
1483 }
1484
1485 static void strcat_printf(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *fmt, ...)
1486 {
1487     va_list ap;
1488     va_start(ap, fmt);
1489     strcat_vprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, ap);
1490     va_end(ap);
1491 }
1492
1493 void error1(TCCState *s1, int is_warning, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
1494 {
1495     char buf[2048];
1496     BufferedFile **f;
1497
1498     buf[0] = '\0';
1499     if (file) {
1500         for(f = s1->include_stack; f < s1->include_stack_ptr; f++)
1501             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf), "In file included from %s:%d:\n",
1502                           (*f)->filename, (*f)->line_num);
1503         if (file->line_num > 0) {
1504             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1505                           "%s:%d: ", file->filename, file->line_num);
1506         } else {
1507             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1508                           "%s: ", file->filename);
1509         }
1510     } else {
1511         strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1512                       "tcc: ");
1513     }
1514     if (is_warning)
1515         strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf), "warning: ");
1516     strcat_vprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, ap);
1517
1518     if (!s1->error_func) {
1519         /* default case: stderr */
1520         fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf);
1521     } else {
1522         s1->error_func(s1->error_opaque, buf);
1523     }
1524     if (!is_warning || s1->warn_error)
1525         s1->nb_errors++;
1526 }
1527
1528 #ifdef LIBTCC
1529 void tcc_set_error_func(TCCState *s, void *error_opaque,
1530                         void (*error_func)(void *opaque, const char *msg))
1531 {
1532     s->error_opaque = error_opaque;
1533     s->error_func = error_func;
1534 }
1535 #endif
1536
1537 /* error without aborting current compilation */
1538 void error_noabort(const char *fmt, ...)
1539 {
1540     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1541     va_list ap;
1542
1543     va_start(ap, fmt);
1544     error1(s1, 0, fmt, ap);
1545     va_end(ap);
1546 }
1547
1548 void error(const char *fmt, ...)
1549 {
1550     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1551     va_list ap;
1552
1553     va_start(ap, fmt);
1554     error1(s1, 0, fmt, ap);
1555     va_end(ap);
1556     /* better than nothing: in some cases, we accept to handle errors */
1557     if (s1->error_set_jmp_enabled) {
1558         longjmp(s1->error_jmp_buf, 1);
1559     } else {
1560         /* XXX: eliminate this someday */
1561         exit(1);
1562     }
1563 }
1564
1565 void expect(const char *msg)
1566 {
1567     error("%s expected", msg);
1568 }
1569
1570 void warning(const char *fmt, ...)
1571 {
1572     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1573     va_list ap;
1574
1575     if (s1->warn_none)
1576         return;
1577
1578     va_start(ap, fmt);
1579     error1(s1, 1, fmt, ap);
1580     va_end(ap);
1581 }
1582
1583 void skip(int c)
1584 {
1585     if (tok != c)
1586         error("'%c' expected", c);
1587     next();
1588 }
1589
1590 static void test_lvalue(void)
1591 {
1592     if (!(vtop->r & VT_LVAL))
1593         expect("lvalue");
1594 }
1595
1596 /* allocate a new token */
1597 static TokenSym *tok_alloc_new(TokenSym **pts, const char *str, int len)
1598 {
1599     TokenSym *ts, **ptable;
1600     int i;
1601
1602     if (tok_ident >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
1603         error("memory full");
1604
1605     /* expand token table if needed */
1606     i = tok_ident - TOK_IDENT;
1607     if ((i % TOK_ALLOC_INCR) == 0) {
1608         ptable = tcc_realloc(table_ident, (i + TOK_ALLOC_INCR) * sizeof(TokenSym *));
1609         if (!ptable)
1610             error("memory full");
1611         table_ident = ptable;
1612     }
1613
1614     ts = tcc_malloc(sizeof(TokenSym) + len);
1615     table_ident[i] = ts;
1616     ts->tok = tok_ident++;
1617     ts->sym_define = NULL;
1618     ts->sym_label = NULL;
1619     ts->sym_struct = NULL;
1620     ts->sym_identifier = NULL;
1621     ts->len = len;
1622     ts->hash_next = NULL;
1623     memcpy(ts->str, str, len);
1624     ts->str[len] = '\0';
1625     *pts = ts;
1626     return ts;
1627 }
1628
1629 #define TOK_HASH_INIT 1
1630 #define TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c) ((h) * 263 + (c))
1631
1632 /* find a token and add it if not found */
1633 static TokenSym *tok_alloc(const char *str, int len)
1634 {
1635     TokenSym *ts, **pts;
1636     int i;
1637     unsigned int h;
1638
1639     h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
1640     for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1641         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, ((unsigned char *)str)[i]);
1642     h &= (TOK_HASH_SIZE - 1);
1643
1644     pts = &hash_ident[h];
1645     for(;;) {
1646         ts = *pts;
1647         if (!ts)
1648             break;
1649         if (ts->len == len && !memcmp(ts->str, str, len))
1650             return ts;
1651         pts = &(ts->hash_next);
1652     }
1653     return tok_alloc_new(pts, str, len);
1654 }
1655
1656 /* CString handling */
1657
1658 static void cstr_realloc(CString *cstr, int new_size)
1659 {
1660     int size;
1661     void *data;
1662
1663     size = cstr->size_allocated;
1664     if (size == 0)
1665         size = 8; /* no need to allocate a too small first string */
1666     while (size < new_size)
1667         size = size * 2;
1668     data = tcc_realloc(cstr->data_allocated, size);
1669     if (!data)
1670         error("memory full");
1671     cstr->data_allocated = data;
1672     cstr->size_allocated = size;
1673     cstr->data = data;
1674 }
1675
1676 /* add a byte */
1677 static inline void cstr_ccat(CString *cstr, int ch)
1678 {
1679     int size;
1680     size = cstr->size + 1;
1681     if (size > cstr->size_allocated)
1682         cstr_realloc(cstr, size);
1683     ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[size - 1] = ch;
1684     cstr->size = size;
1685 }
1686
1687 static void cstr_cat(CString *cstr, const char *str)
1688 {
1689     int c;
1690     for(;;) {
1691         c = *str;
1692         if (c == '\0')
1693             break;
1694         cstr_ccat(cstr, c);
1695         str++;
1696     }
1697 }
1698
1699 /* add a wide char */
1700 static void cstr_wccat(CString *cstr, int ch)
1701 {
1702     int size;
1703     size = cstr->size + sizeof(nwchar_t);
1704     if (size > cstr->size_allocated)
1705         cstr_realloc(cstr, size);
1706     *(nwchar_t *)(((unsigned char *)cstr->data) + size - sizeof(nwchar_t)) = ch;
1707     cstr->size = size;
1708 }
1709
1710 static void cstr_new(CString *cstr)
1711 {
1712     memset(cstr, 0, sizeof(CString));
1713 }
1714
1715 /* free string and reset it to NULL */
1716 static void cstr_free(CString *cstr)
1717 {
1718     tcc_free(cstr->data_allocated);
1719     cstr_new(cstr);
1720 }
1721
1722 #define cstr_reset(cstr) cstr_free(cstr)
1723
1724 /* XXX: unicode ? */
1725 static void add_char(CString *cstr, int c)
1726 {
1727     if (c == '\'' || c == '\"' || c == '\\') {
1728         /* XXX: could be more precise if char or string */
1729         cstr_ccat(cstr, '\\');
1730     }
1731     if (c >= 32 && c <= 126) {
1732         cstr_ccat(cstr, c);
1733     } else {
1734         cstr_ccat(cstr, '\\');
1735         if (c == '\n') {
1736             cstr_ccat(cstr, 'n');
1737         } else {
1738             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + ((c >> 6) & 7));
1739             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
1740             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + (c & 7));
1741         }
1742     }
1743 }
1744
1745 /* XXX: buffer overflow */
1746 /* XXX: float tokens */
1747 char *get_tok_str(int v, CValue *cv)
1748 {
1749     static char buf[STRING_MAX_SIZE + 1];
1750     static CString cstr_buf;
1751     CString *cstr;
1752     unsigned char *q;
1753     char *p;
1754     int i, len;
1755
1756     /* NOTE: to go faster, we give a fixed buffer for small strings */
1757     cstr_reset(&cstr_buf);
1758     cstr_buf.data = buf;
1759     cstr_buf.size_allocated = sizeof(buf);
1760     p = buf;
1761
1762     switch(v) {
1763     case TOK_CINT:
1764     case TOK_CUINT:
1765         /* XXX: not quite exact, but only useful for testing */
1766         sprintf(p, "%u", cv->ui);
1767         break;
1768     case TOK_CLLONG:
1769     case TOK_CULLONG:
1770         /* XXX: not quite exact, but only useful for testing  */
1771         sprintf(p, "%Lu", cv->ull);
1772         break;
1773     case TOK_LCHAR:
1774         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, 'L');
1775     case TOK_CCHAR:
1776         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\'');
1777         add_char(&cstr_buf, cv->i);
1778         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\'');
1779         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1780         break;
1781     case TOK_PPNUM:
1782         cstr = cv->cstr;
1783         len = cstr->size - 1;
1784         for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1785             add_char(&cstr_buf, ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i]);
1786         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1787         break;
1788     case TOK_LSTR:
1789         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, 'L');
1790     case TOK_STR:
1791         cstr = cv->cstr;
1792         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\"');
1793         if (v == TOK_STR) {
1794             len = cstr->size - 1;
1795             for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1796                 add_char(&cstr_buf, ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i]);
1797         } else {
1798             len = (cstr->size / sizeof(nwchar_t)) - 1;
1799             for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1800                 add_char(&cstr_buf, ((nwchar_t *)cstr->data)[i]);
1801         }
1802         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\"');
1803         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1804         break;
1805     case TOK_LT:
1806         v = '<';
1807         goto addv;
1808     case TOK_GT:
1809         v = '>';
1810         goto addv;
1811     case TOK_DOTS:
1812         return strcpy(p, "...");
1813     case TOK_A_SHL:
1814         return strcpy(p, "<<=");
1815     case TOK_A_SAR:
1816         return strcpy(p, ">>=");
1817     default:
1818         if (v < TOK_IDENT) {
1819             /* search in two bytes table */
1820             q = tok_two_chars;
1821             while (*q) {
1822                 if (q[2] == v) {
1823                     *p++ = q[0];
1824                     *p++ = q[1];
1825                     *p = '\0';
1826                     return buf;
1827                 }
1828                 q += 3;
1829             }
1830         addv:
1831             *p++ = v;
1832             *p = '\0';
1833         } else if (v < tok_ident) {
1834             return table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->str;
1835         } else if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1836             /* special name for anonymous symbol */
1837             sprintf(p, "L.%u", v - SYM_FIRST_ANOM);
1838         } else {
1839             /* should never happen */
1840             return NULL;
1841         }
1842         break;
1843     }
1844     return cstr_buf.data;
1845 }
1846
1847 /* push, without hashing */
1848 static Sym *sym_push2(Sym **ps, int v, int t, int c)
1849 {
1850     Sym *s;
1851     s = sym_malloc();
1852     s->v = v;
1853     s->type.t = t;
1854     s->c = c;
1855     s->next = NULL;
1856     /* add in stack */
1857     s->prev = *ps;
1858     *ps = s;
1859     return s;
1860 }
1861
1862 /* find a symbol and return its associated structure. 's' is the top
1863    of the symbol stack */
1864 static Sym *sym_find2(Sym *s, int v)
1865 {
1866     while (s) {
1867         if (s->v == v)
1868             return s;
1869         s = s->prev;
1870     }
1871     return NULL;
1872 }
1873
1874 /* structure lookup */
1875 static inline Sym *struct_find(int v)
1876 {
1877     v -= TOK_IDENT;
1878     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
1879         return NULL;
1880     return table_ident[v]->sym_struct;
1881 }
1882
1883 /* find an identifier */
1884 static inline Sym *sym_find(int v)
1885 {
1886     v -= TOK_IDENT;
1887     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
1888         return NULL;
1889     return table_ident[v]->sym_identifier;
1890 }
1891
1892 /* push a given symbol on the symbol stack */
1893 static Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c)
1894 {
1895     Sym *s, **ps;
1896     TokenSym *ts;
1897
1898     if (local_stack)
1899         ps = &local_stack;
1900     else
1901         ps = &global_stack;
1902     s = sym_push2(ps, v, type->t, c);
1903     s->type.ref = type->ref;
1904     s->r = r;
1905     /* don't record fields or anonymous symbols */
1906     /* XXX: simplify */
1907     if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1908         /* record symbol in token array */
1909         ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
1910         if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
1911             ps = &ts->sym_struct;
1912         else
1913             ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
1914         s->prev_tok = *ps;
1915         *ps = s;
1916     }
1917     return s;
1918 }
1919
1920 /* push a global identifier */
1921 static Sym *global_identifier_push(int v, int t, int c)
1922 {
1923     Sym *s, **ps;
1924     s = sym_push2(&global_stack, v, t, c);
1925     /* don't record anonymous symbol */
1926     if (v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1927         ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_identifier;
1928         /* modify the top most local identifier, so that
1929            sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
1930         while (*ps != NULL)
1931             ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
1932         s->prev_tok = NULL;
1933         *ps = s;
1934     }
1935     return s;
1936 }
1937
1938 /* pop symbols until top reaches 'b' */
1939 static void sym_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *b)
1940 {
1941     Sym *s, *ss, **ps;
1942     TokenSym *ts;
1943     int v;
1944
1945     s = *ptop;
1946     while(s != b) {
1947         ss = s->prev;
1948         v = s->v;
1949         /* remove symbol in token array */
1950         /* XXX: simplify */
1951         if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1952             ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
1953             if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
1954                 ps = &ts->sym_struct;
1955             else
1956                 ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
1957             *ps = s->prev_tok;
1958         }
1959         sym_free(s);
1960         s = ss;
1961     }
1962     *ptop = b;
1963 }
1964
1965 /* I/O layer */
1966
1967 BufferedFile *tcc_open(TCCState *s1, const char *filename)
1968 {
1969     int fd;
1970     BufferedFile *bf;
1971
1972     if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0)
1973         fd = 0, filename = "stdin";
1974     else
1975         fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
1976     if ((verbose == 2 && fd >= 0) || verbose == 3)
1977         printf("%s %*s%s\n", fd < 0 ? "nf":"->",
1978                (s1->include_stack_ptr - s1->include_stack), "", filename);
1979     if (fd < 0)
1980         return NULL;
1981     bf = tcc_malloc(sizeof(BufferedFile));
1982     bf->fd = fd;
1983     bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
1984     bf->buf_end = bf->buffer;
1985     bf->buffer[0] = CH_EOB; /* put eob symbol */
1986     pstrcpy(bf->filename, sizeof(bf->filename), filename);
1987 #ifdef _WIN32
1988     normalize_slashes(bf->filename);
1989 #endif
1990     bf->line_num = 1;
1991     bf->ifndef_macro = 0;
1992     bf->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr;
1993     //    printf("opening '%s'\n", filename);
1994     return bf;
1995 }
1996
1997 void tcc_close(BufferedFile *bf)
1998 {
1999     total_lines += bf->line_num;
2000     close(bf->fd);
2001     tcc_free(bf);
2002 }
2003
2004 /* fill input buffer and peek next char */
2005 static int tcc_peekc_slow(BufferedFile *bf)
2006 {
2007     int len;
2008     /* only tries to read if really end of buffer */
2009     if (bf->buf_ptr >= bf->buf_end) {
2010         if (bf->fd != -1) {
2011 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG)
2012             len = 8;
2013 #else
2014             len = IO_BUF_SIZE;
2015 #endif
2016             len = read(bf->fd, bf->buffer, len);
2017             if (len < 0)
2018                 len = 0;
2019         } else {
2020             len = 0;
2021         }
2022         total_bytes += len;
2023         bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
2024         bf->buf_end = bf->buffer + len;
2025         *bf->buf_end = CH_EOB;
2026     }
2027     if (bf->buf_ptr < bf->buf_end) {
2028         return bf->buf_ptr[0];
2029     } else {
2030         bf->buf_ptr = bf->buf_end;
2031         return CH_EOF;
2032     }
2033 }
2034
2035 /* return the current character, handling end of block if necessary
2036    (but not stray) */
2037 static int handle_eob(void)
2038 {
2039     return tcc_peekc_slow(file);
2040 }
2041
2042 /* read next char from current input file and handle end of input buffer */
2043 static inline void inp(void)
2044 {
2045     ch = *(++(file->buf_ptr));
2046     /* end of buffer/file handling */
2047     if (ch == CH_EOB)
2048         ch = handle_eob();
2049 }
2050
2051 /* handle '\[\r]\n' */
2052 static int handle_stray_noerror(void)
2053 {
2054     while (ch == '\\') {
2055         inp();
2056         if (ch == '\n') {
2057             file->line_num++;
2058             inp();
2059         } else if (ch == '\r') {
2060             inp();
2061             if (ch != '\n')
2062                 goto fail;
2063             file->line_num++;
2064             inp();
2065         } else {
2066         fail:
2067             return 1;
2068         }
2069     }
2070     return 0;
2071 }
2072
2073 static void handle_stray(void)
2074 {
2075     if (handle_stray_noerror())
2076         error("stray '\\' in program");
2077 }
2078
2079 /* skip the stray and handle the \\n case. Output an error if
2080    incorrect char after the stray */
2081 static int handle_stray1(uint8_t *p)
2082 {
2083     int c;
2084
2085     if (p >= file->buf_end) {
2086         file->buf_ptr = p;
2087         c = handle_eob();
2088         p = file->buf_ptr;
2089         if (c == '\\')
2090             goto parse_stray;
2091     } else {
2092     parse_stray:
2093         file->buf_ptr = p;
2094         ch = *p;
2095         handle_stray();
2096         p = file->buf_ptr;
2097         c = *p;
2098     }
2099     return c;
2100 }
2101
2102 /* handle just the EOB case, but not stray */
2103 #define PEEKC_EOB(c, p)\
2104 {\
2105     p++;\
2106     c = *p;\
2107     if (c == '\\') {\
2108         file->buf_ptr = p;\
2109         c = handle_eob();\
2110         p = file->buf_ptr;\
2111     }\
2112 }
2113
2114 /* handle the complicated stray case */
2115 #define PEEKC(c, p)\
2116 {\
2117     p++;\
2118     c = *p;\
2119     if (c == '\\') {\
2120         c = handle_stray1(p);\
2121         p = file->buf_ptr;\
2122     }\
2123 }
2124
2125 /* input with '\[\r]\n' handling. Note that this function cannot
2126    handle other characters after '\', so you cannot call it inside
2127    strings or comments */
2128 static void minp(void)
2129 {
2130     inp();
2131     if (ch == '\\')
2132         handle_stray();
2133 }
2134
2135
2136 /* single line C++ comments */
2137 static uint8_t *parse_line_comment(uint8_t *p)
2138 {
2139     int c;
2140
2141     p++;
2142     for(;;) {
2143         c = *p;
2144     redo:
2145         if (c == '\n' || c == CH_EOF) {
2146             break;
2147         } else if (c == '\\') {
2148             file->buf_ptr = p;
2149             c = handle_eob();
2150             p = file->buf_ptr;
2151             if (c == '\\') {
2152                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2153                 if (c == '\n') {
2154                     file->line_num++;
2155                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2156                 } else if (c == '\r') {
2157                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2158                     if (c == '\n') {
2159                         file->line_num++;
2160                         PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2161                     }
2162                 }
2163             } else {
2164                 goto redo;
2165             }
2166         } else {
2167             p++;
2168         }
2169     }
2170     return p;
2171 }
2172
2173 /* C comments */
2174 static uint8_t *parse_comment(uint8_t *p)
2175 {
2176     int c;
2177
2178     p++;
2179     for(;;) {
2180         /* fast skip loop */
2181         for(;;) {
2182             c = *p;
2183             if (c == '\n' || c == '*' || c == '\\')
2184                 break;
2185             p++;
2186             c = *p;
2187             if (c == '\n' || c == '*' || c == '\\')
2188                 break;
2189             p++;
2190         }
2191         /* now we can handle all the cases */
2192         if (c == '\n') {
2193             file->line_num++;
2194             p++;
2195         } else if (c == '*') {
2196             p++;
2197             for(;;) {
2198                 c = *p;
2199                 if (c == '*') {
2200                     p++;
2201                 } else if (c == '/') {
2202                     goto end_of_comment;
2203                 } else if (c == '\\') {
2204                     file->buf_ptr = p;
2205                     c = handle_eob();
2206                     p = file->buf_ptr;
2207                     if (c == '\\') {
2208                         /* skip '\[\r]\n', otherwise just skip the stray */
2209                         while (c == '\\') {
2210                             PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2211                             if (c == '\n') {
2212                                 file->line_num++;
2213                                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2214                             } else if (c == '\r') {
2215                                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2216                                 if (c == '\n') {
2217                                     file->line_num++;
2218                                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2219                                 }
2220                             } else {
2221                                 goto after_star;
2222                             }
2223                         }
2224                     }
2225                 } else {
2226                     break;
2227                 }
2228             }
2229         after_star: ;
2230         } else {
2231             /* stray, eob or eof */
2232             file->buf_ptr = p;
2233             c = handle_eob();
2234             p = file->buf_ptr;
2235             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2236                 error("unexpected end of file in comment");
2237             } else if (c == '\\') {
2238                 p++;
2239             }
2240         }
2241     }
2242  end_of_comment:
2243     p++;
2244     return p;
2245 }
2246
2247 #define cinp minp
2248
2249 /* space exlcuding newline */
2250 static inline int is_space(int ch)
2251 {
2252     return ch == ' ' || ch == '\t' || ch == '\v' || ch == '\f' || ch == '\r';
2253 }
2254
2255 static inline void skip_spaces(void)
2256 {
2257     while (is_space(ch))
2258         cinp();
2259 }
2260
2261 /* parse a string without interpreting escapes */
2262 static uint8_t *parse_pp_string(uint8_t *p,
2263                                 int sep, CString *str)
2264 {
2265     int c;
2266     p++;
2267     for(;;) {
2268         c = *p;
2269         if (c == sep) {
2270             break;
2271         } else if (c == '\\') {
2272             file->buf_ptr = p;
2273             c = handle_eob();
2274             p = file->buf_ptr;
2275             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2276             unterminated_string:
2277                 /* XXX: indicate line number of start of string */
2278                 error("missing terminating %c character", sep);
2279             } else if (c == '\\') {
2280                 /* escape : just skip \[\r]\n */
2281                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2282                 if (c == '\n') {
2283                     file->line_num++;
2284                     p++;
2285                 } else if (c == '\r') {
2286                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2287                     if (c != '\n')
2288                         expect("'\n' after '\r'");
2289                     file->line_num++;
2290                     p++;
2291                 } else if (c == CH_EOF) {
2292                     goto unterminated_string;
2293                 } else {
2294                     if (str) {
2295                         cstr_ccat(str, '\\');
2296                         cstr_ccat(str, c);
2297                     }
2298                     p++;
2299                 }
2300             }
2301         } else if (c == '\n') {
2302             file->line_num++;
2303             goto add_char;
2304         } else if (c == '\r') {
2305             PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2306             if (c != '\n') {
2307                 if (str)
2308                     cstr_ccat(str, '\r');
2309             } else {
2310                 file->line_num++;
2311                 goto add_char;
2312             }
2313         } else {
2314         add_char:
2315             if (str)
2316                 cstr_ccat(str, c);
2317             p++;
2318         }
2319     }
2320     p++;
2321     return p;
2322 }
2323
2324 /* skip block of text until #else, #elif or #endif. skip also pairs of
2325    #if/#endif */
2326 void preprocess_skip(void)
2327 {
2328     int a, start_of_line, c, in_warn_or_error;
2329     uint8_t *p;
2330
2331     p = file->buf_ptr;
2332     a = 0;
2333 redo_start:
2334     start_of_line = 1;
2335     in_warn_or_error = 0;
2336     for(;;) {
2337     redo_no_start:
2338         c = *p;
2339         switch(c) {
2340         case ' ':
2341         case '\t':
2342         case '\f':
2343         case '\v':
2344         case '\r':
2345             p++;
2346             goto redo_no_start;
2347         case '\n':
2348             file->line_num++;
2349             p++;
2350             goto redo_start;
2351         case '\\':
2352             file->buf_ptr = p;
2353             c = handle_eob();
2354             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2355                 expect("#endif");
2356             } else if (c == '\\') {
2357                 ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
2358                 handle_stray_noerror();
2359             }
2360             p = file->buf_ptr;
2361             goto redo_no_start;
2362         /* skip strings */
2363         case '\"':
2364         case '\'':
2365             if (in_warn_or_error)
2366                 goto _default;
2367             p = parse_pp_string(p, c, NULL);
2368             break;
2369         /* skip comments */
2370         case '/':
2371             if (in_warn_or_error)
2372                 goto _default;
2373             file->buf_ptr = p;
2374             ch = *p;
2375             minp();
2376             p = file->buf_ptr;
2377             if (ch == '*') {
2378                 p = parse_comment(p);
2379             } else if (ch == '/') {
2380                 p = parse_line_comment(p);
2381             }
2382             break;
2383         case '#':
2384             p++;
2385             if (start_of_line) {
2386                 file->buf_ptr = p;
2387                 next_nomacro();
2388                 p = file->buf_ptr;
2389                 if (a == 0 &&
2390                     (tok == TOK_ELSE || tok == TOK_ELIF || tok == TOK_ENDIF))
2391                     goto the_end;
2392                 if (tok == TOK_IF || tok == TOK_IFDEF || tok == TOK_IFNDEF)
2393                     a++;
2394                 else if (tok == TOK_ENDIF)
2395                     a--;
2396                 else if( tok == TOK_ERROR || tok == TOK_WARNING)
2397                     in_warn_or_error = 1;
2398             }
2399             break;
2400 _default:
2401         default:
2402             p++;
2403             break;
2404         }
2405         start_of_line = 0;
2406     }
2407  the_end: ;
2408     file->buf_ptr = p;
2409 }
2410
2411 /* ParseState handling */
2412
2413 /* XXX: currently, no include file info is stored. Thus, we cannot display
2414    accurate messages if the function or data definition spans multiple
2415    files */
2416
2417 /* save current parse state in 's' */
2418 void save_parse_state(ParseState *s)
2419 {
2420     s->line_num = file->line_num;
2421     s->macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
2422     s->tok = tok;
2423     s->tokc = tokc;
2424 }
2425
2426 /* restore parse state from 's' */
2427 void restore_parse_state(ParseState *s)
2428 {
2429     file->line_num = s->line_num;
2430     macro_ptr = s->macro_ptr;
2431     tok = s->tok;
2432     tokc = s->tokc;
2433 }
2434
2435 /* return the number of additional 'ints' necessary to store the
2436    token */
2437 static inline int tok_ext_size(int t)
2438 {
2439     switch(t) {
2440         /* 4 bytes */
2441     case TOK_CINT:
2442     case TOK_CUINT:
2443     case TOK_CCHAR:
2444     case TOK_LCHAR:
2445     case TOK_CFLOAT:
2446     case TOK_LINENUM:
2447         return 1;
2448     case TOK_STR:
2449     case TOK_LSTR:
2450     case TOK_PPNUM:
2451         error("unsupported token");
2452         return 1;
2453     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
2454     case TOK_CLLONG:
2455     case TOK_CULLONG:
2456         return 2;
2457     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2458         return LDOUBLE_SIZE / 4;
2459     default:
2460         return 0;
2461     }
2462 }
2463
2464 /* token string handling */
2465
2466 static inline void tok_str_new(TokenString *s)
2467 {
2468     s->str = NULL;
2469     s->len = 0;
2470     s->allocated_len = 0;
2471     s->last_line_num = -1;
2472 }
2473
2474 static void tok_str_free(int *str)
2475 {
2476     tcc_free(str);
2477 }
2478
2479 static int *tok_str_realloc(TokenString *s)
2480 {
2481     int *str, len;
2482
2483     if (s->allocated_len == 0) {
2484         len = 8;
2485     } else {
2486         len = s->allocated_len * 2;
2487     }
2488     str = tcc_realloc(s->str, len * sizeof(int));
2489     if (!str)
2490         error("memory full");
2491     s->allocated_len = len;
2492     s->str = str;
2493     return str;
2494 }
2495
2496 static void tok_str_add(TokenString *s, int t)
2497 {
2498     int len, *str;
2499
2500     len = s->len;
2501     str = s->str;
2502     if (len >= s->allocated_len)
2503         str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2504     str[len++] = t;
2505     s->len = len;
2506 }
2507
2508 static void tok_str_add2(TokenString *s, int t, CValue *cv)
2509 {
2510     int len, *str;
2511
2512     len = s->len;
2513     str = s->str;
2514
2515     /* allocate space for worst case */
2516     if (len + TOK_MAX_SIZE > s->allocated_len)
2517         str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2518     str[len++] = t;
2519     switch(t) {
2520     case TOK_CINT:
2521     case TOK_CUINT:
2522     case TOK_CCHAR:
2523     case TOK_LCHAR:
2524     case TOK_CFLOAT:
2525     case TOK_LINENUM:
2526         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2527         break;
2528     case TOK_PPNUM:
2529     case TOK_STR:
2530     case TOK_LSTR:
2531         {
2532             int nb_words;
2533             CString *cstr;
2534
2535             nb_words = (sizeof(CString) + cv->cstr->size + 3) >> 2;
2536             while ((len + nb_words) > s->allocated_len)
2537                 str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2538             cstr = (CString *)(str + len);
2539             cstr->data = NULL;
2540             cstr->size = cv->cstr->size;
2541             cstr->data_allocated = NULL;
2542             cstr->size_allocated = cstr->size;
2543             memcpy((char *)cstr + sizeof(CString),
2544                    cv->cstr->data, cstr->size);
2545             len += nb_words;
2546         }
2547         break;
2548     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
2549     case TOK_CLLONG:
2550     case TOK_CULLONG:
2551 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 8
2552     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2553 #endif
2554         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2555         str[len++] = cv->tab[1];
2556         break;
2557 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 12
2558     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2559         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2560         str[len++] = cv->tab[1];
2561         str[len++] = cv->tab[2];
2562 #elif LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
2563 #error add long double size support
2564 #endif
2565         break;
2566     default:
2567         break;
2568     }
2569     s->len = len;
2570 }
2571
2572 /* add the current parse token in token string 's' */
2573 static void tok_str_add_tok(TokenString *s)
2574 {
2575     CValue cval;
2576
2577     /* save line number info */
2578     if (file->line_num != s->last_line_num) {
2579         s->last_line_num = file->line_num;
2580         cval.i = s->last_line_num;
2581         tok_str_add2(s, TOK_LINENUM, &cval);
2582     }
2583     tok_str_add2(s, tok, &tokc);
2584 }
2585
2586 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 12
2587 #define LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv)                      \
2588         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2589         cv.tab[1] = p[1];                       \
2590         cv.tab[2] = p[2];
2591 #elif LDOUBLE_SIZE == 8
2592 #define LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv)                      \
2593         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2594         cv.tab[1] = p[1];
2595 #else
2596 #error add long double size support
2597 #endif
2598
2599
2600 /* get a token from an integer array and increment pointer
2601    accordingly. we code it as a macro to avoid pointer aliasing. */
2602 #define TOK_GET(t, p, cv)                       \
2603 {                                               \
2604     t = *p++;                                   \
2605     switch(t) {                                 \
2606     case TOK_CINT:                              \
2607     case TOK_CUINT:                             \
2608     case TOK_CCHAR:                             \
2609     case TOK_LCHAR:                             \
2610     case TOK_CFLOAT:                            \
2611     case TOK_LINENUM:                           \
2612         cv.tab[0] = *p++;                       \
2613         break;                                  \
2614     case TOK_STR:                               \
2615     case TOK_LSTR:                              \
2616     case TOK_PPNUM:                             \
2617         cv.cstr = (CString *)p;                 \
2618         cv.cstr->data = (char *)p + sizeof(CString);\
2619         p += (sizeof(CString) + cv.cstr->size + 3) >> 2;\
2620         break;                                  \
2621     case TOK_CDOUBLE:                           \
2622     case TOK_CLLONG:                            \
2623     case TOK_CULLONG:                           \
2624         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2625         cv.tab[1] = p[1];                       \
2626         p += 2;                                 \
2627         break;                                  \
2628     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:                          \
2629         LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv);                     \
2630         p += LDOUBLE_SIZE / 4;                  \
2631         break;                                  \
2632     default:                                    \
2633         break;                                  \
2634     }                                           \
2635 }
2636
2637 /* defines handling */
2638 static inline void define_push(int v, int macro_type, int *str, Sym *first_arg)
2639 {
2640     Sym *s;
2641
2642     s = sym_push2(&define_stack, v, macro_type, (int)str);
2643     s->next = first_arg;
2644     table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = s;
2645 }
2646
2647 /* undefined a define symbol. Its name is just set to zero */
2648 static void define_undef(Sym *s)
2649 {
2650     int v;
2651     v = s->v;
2652     if (v >= TOK_IDENT && v < tok_ident)
2653         table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = NULL;
2654     s->v = 0;
2655 }
2656
2657 static inline Sym *define_find(int v)
2658 {
2659     v -= TOK_IDENT;
2660     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
2661         return NULL;
2662     return table_ident[v]->sym_define;
2663 }
2664
2665 /* free define stack until top reaches 'b' */
2666 static void free_defines(Sym *b)
2667 {
2668     Sym *top, *top1;
2669     int v;
2670
2671     top = define_stack;
2672     while (top != b) {
2673         top1 = top->prev;
2674         /* do not free args or predefined defines */
2675         if (top->c)
2676             tok_str_free((int *)top->c);
2677         v = top->v;
2678         if (v >= TOK_IDENT && v < tok_ident)
2679             table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = NULL;
2680         sym_free(top);
2681         top = top1;
2682     }
2683     define_stack = b;
2684 }
2685
2686 /* label lookup */
2687 static Sym *label_find(int v)
2688 {
2689     v -= TOK_IDENT;
2690     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
2691         return NULL;
2692     return table_ident[v]->sym_label;
2693 }
2694
2695 static Sym *label_push(Sym **ptop, int v, int flags)
2696 {
2697     Sym *s, **ps;
2698     s = sym_push2(ptop, v, 0, 0);
2699     s->r = flags;
2700     ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_label;
2701     if (ptop == &global_label_stack) {
2702         /* modify the top most local identifier, so that
2703            sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
2704         while (*ps != NULL)
2705             ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
2706     }
2707     s->prev_tok = *ps;
2708     *ps = s;
2709     return s;
2710 }
2711
2712 /* pop labels until element last is reached. Look if any labels are
2713    undefined. Define symbols if '&&label' was used. */
2714 static void label_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *slast)
2715 {
2716     Sym *s, *s1;
2717     for(s = *ptop; s != slast; s = s1) {
2718         s1 = s->prev;
2719         if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED) {
2720             warning("label '%s' declared but not used", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
2721         } else if (s->r == LABEL_FORWARD) {
2722                 error("label '%s' used but not defined",
2723                       get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
2724         } else {
2725             if (s->c) {
2726                 /* define corresponding symbol. A size of
2727                    1 is put. */
2728                 put_extern_sym(s, cur_text_section, (long)s->next, 1);
2729             }
2730         }
2731         /* remove label */
2732         table_ident[s->v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_label = s->prev_tok;
2733         sym_free(s);
2734     }
2735     *ptop = slast;
2736 }
2737
2738 /* eval an expression for #if/#elif */
2739 static int expr_preprocess(void)
2740 {
2741     int c, t;
2742     TokenString str;
2743
2744     tok_str_new(&str);
2745     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED && tok != TOK_EOF) {
2746         next(); /* do macro subst */
2747         if (tok == TOK_DEFINED) {
2748             next_nomacro();
2749             t = tok;
2750             if (t == '(')
2751                 next_nomacro();
2752             c = define_find(tok) != 0;
2753             if (t == '(')
2754                 next_nomacro();
2755             tok = TOK_CINT;
2756             tokc.i = c;
2757         } else if (tok >= TOK_IDENT) {
2758             /* if undefined macro */
2759             tok = TOK_CINT;
2760             tokc.i = 0;
2761         }
2762         tok_str_add_tok(&str);
2763     }
2764     tok_str_add(&str, -1); /* simulate end of file */
2765     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
2766     /* now evaluate C constant expression */
2767     macro_ptr = str.str;
2768     next();
2769     c = expr_const();
2770     macro_ptr = NULL;
2771     tok_str_free(str.str);
2772     return c != 0;
2773 }
2774
2775 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG) || defined(PP_DEBUG)
2776 static void tok_print(int *str)
2777 {
2778     int t;
2779     CValue cval;
2780
2781     while (1) {
2782         TOK_GET(t, str, cval);
2783         if (!t)
2784             break;
2785         printf(" %s", get_tok_str(t, &cval));
2786     }
2787     printf("\n");
2788 }
2789 #endif
2790
2791 /* parse after #define */
2792 static void parse_define(void)
2793 {
2794     Sym *s, *first, **ps;
2795     int v, t, varg, is_vaargs, c;
2796     TokenString str;
2797
2798     v = tok;
2799     if (v < TOK_IDENT)
2800         error("invalid macro name '%s'", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
2801     /* XXX: should check if same macro (ANSI) */
2802     first = NULL;
2803     t = MACRO_OBJ;
2804     /* '(' must be just after macro definition for MACRO_FUNC */
2805     c = file->buf_ptr[0];
2806     if (c == '\\')
2807         c = handle_stray1(file->buf_ptr);
2808     if (c == '(') {
2809         next_nomacro();
2810         next_nomacro();
2811         ps = &first;
2812         while (tok != ')') {
2813             varg = tok;
2814             next_nomacro();
2815             is_vaargs = 0;
2816             if (varg == TOK_DOTS) {
2817                 varg = TOK___VA_ARGS__;
2818                 is_vaargs = 1;
2819             } else if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
2820                 is_vaargs = 1;
2821                 next_nomacro();
2822             }
2823             if (varg < TOK_IDENT)
2824                 error("badly punctuated parameter list");
2825             s = sym_push2(&define_stack, varg | SYM_FIELD, is_vaargs, 0);
2826             *ps = s;
2827             ps = &s->next;
2828             if (tok != ',')
2829                 break;
2830             next_nomacro();
2831         }
2832         t = MACRO_FUNC;
2833     }
2834     tok_str_new(&str);
2835     next_nomacro();
2836     /* EOF testing necessary for '-D' handling */
2837     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED && tok != TOK_EOF) {
2838         tok_str_add2(&str, tok, &tokc);
2839         next_nomacro();
2840     }
2841     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
2842 #ifdef PP_DEBUG
2843     printf("define %s %d: ", get_tok_str(v, NULL), t);
2844     tok_print(str.str);
2845 #endif
2846     define_push(v, t, str.str, first);
2847 }
2848
2849 static inline int hash_cached_include(int type, const char *filename)
2850 {
2851     const unsigned char *s;
2852     unsigned int h;
2853
2854     h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
2855     h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, type);
2856     s = filename;
2857     while (*s) {
2858         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, *s);
2859         s++;
2860     }
2861     h &= (CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE - 1);
2862     return h;
2863 }
2864
2865 /* XXX: use a token or a hash table to accelerate matching ? */
2866 static CachedInclude *search_cached_include(TCCState *s1,
2867                                             int type, const char *filename)
2868 {
2869     CachedInclude *e;
2870     int i, h;
2871     h = hash_cached_include(type, filename);
2872     i = s1->cached_includes_hash[h];
2873     for(;;) {
2874         if (i == 0)
2875             break;
2876         e = s1->cached_includes[i - 1];
2877         if (e->type == type && !strcmp(e->filename, filename))
2878             return e;
2879         i = e->hash_next;
2880     }
2881     return NULL;
2882 }
2883
2884 static inline void add_cached_include(TCCState *s1, int type,
2885                                       const char *filename, int ifndef_macro)
2886 {
2887     CachedInclude *e;
2888     int h;
2889
2890     if (search_cached_include(s1, type, filename))
2891         return;
2892 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
2893     printf("adding cached '%s' %s\n", filename, get_tok_str(ifndef_macro, NULL));
2894 #endif
2895     e = tcc_malloc(sizeof(CachedInclude) + strlen(filename));
2896     if (!e)
2897         return;
2898     e->type = type;
2899     strcpy(e->filename, filename);
2900     e->ifndef_macro = ifndef_macro;
2901     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->cached_includes, &s1->nb_cached_includes, e);
2902     /* add in hash table */
2903     h = hash_cached_include(type, filename);
2904     e->hash_next = s1->cached_includes_hash[h];
2905     s1->cached_includes_hash[h] = s1->nb_cached_includes;
2906 }
2907
2908 static void pragma_parse(TCCState *s1)
2909 {
2910     int val;
2911
2912     next();
2913     if (tok == TOK_pack) {
2914         /*
2915           This may be:
2916           #pragma pack(1) // set
2917           #pragma pack() // reset to default
2918           #pragma pack(push,1) // push & set
2919           #pragma pack(pop) // restore previous
2920         */
2921         next();
2922         skip('(');
2923         if (tok == TOK_ASM_pop) {
2924             next();
2925             if (s1->pack_stack_ptr <= s1->pack_stack) {
2926             stk_error:
2927                 error("out of pack stack");
2928             }
2929             s1->pack_stack_ptr--;
2930         } else {
2931             val = 0;
2932             if (tok != ')') {
2933                 if (tok == TOK_ASM_push) {
2934                     next();
2935                     if (s1->pack_stack_ptr >= s1->pack_stack + PACK_STACK_SIZE - 1)
2936                         goto stk_error;
2937                     s1->pack_stack_ptr++;
2938                     skip(',');
2939                 }
2940                 if (tok != TOK_CINT) {
2941                 pack_error:
2942                     error("invalid pack pragma");
2943                 }
2944                 val = tokc.i;
2945                 if (val < 1 || val > 16 || (val & (val - 1)) != 0)
2946                     goto pack_error;
2947                 next();
2948             }
2949             *s1->pack_stack_ptr = val;
2950             skip(')');
2951         }
2952     }
2953 }
2954
2955 /* is_bof is true if first non space token at beginning of file */
2956 static void preprocess(int is_bof)
2957 {
2958     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
2959     int size, i, c, n, saved_parse_flags;
2960     char buf[1024], *q;
2961     char buf1[1024];
2962     BufferedFile *f;
2963     Sym *s;
2964     CachedInclude *e;
2965
2966     saved_parse_flags = parse_flags;
2967     parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM |
2968         PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED;
2969     next_nomacro();
2970  redo:
2971     switch(tok) {
2972     case TOK_DEFINE:
2973         next_nomacro();
2974         parse_define();
2975         break;
2976     case TOK_UNDEF:
2977         next_nomacro();
2978         s = define_find(tok);
2979         /* undefine symbol by putting an invalid name */
2980         if (s)
2981             define_undef(s);
2982         break;
2983     case TOK_INCLUDE:
2984     case TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT:
2985         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
2986         /* XXX: incorrect if comments : use next_nomacro with a special mode */
2987         skip_spaces();
2988         if (ch == '<') {
2989             c = '>';
2990             goto read_name;
2991         } else if (ch == '\"') {
2992             c = ch;
2993         read_name:
2994             inp();
2995             q = buf;
2996             while (ch != c && ch != '\n' && ch != CH_EOF) {
2997                 if ((q - buf) < sizeof(buf) - 1)
2998                     *q++ = ch;
2999                 if (ch == '\\') {
3000                     if (handle_stray_noerror() == 0)
3001                         --q;
3002                 } else
3003                     inp();
3004             }
3005             *q = '\0';
3006             minp();
3007 #if 0
3008             /* eat all spaces and comments after include */
3009             /* XXX: slightly incorrect */
3010             while (ch1 != '\n' && ch1 != CH_EOF)
3011                 inp();
3012 #endif
3013         } else {
3014             /* computed #include : either we have only strings or
3015                we have anything enclosed in '<>' */
3016             next();
3017             buf[0] = '\0';
3018             if (tok == TOK_STR) {
3019                 while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3020                     if (tok != TOK_STR) {
3021                     include_syntax:
3022                         error("'#include' expects \"FILENAME\" or <FILENAME>");
3023                     }
3024                     pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
3025                     next();
3026                 }
3027                 c = '\"';
3028             } else {
3029                 int len;
3030                 while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3031                     pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
3032                     next();
3033                 }
3034                 len = strlen(buf);
3035                 /* check syntax and remove '<>' */
3036                 if (len < 2 || buf[0] != '<' || buf[len - 1] != '>')
3037                     goto include_syntax;
3038                 memmove(buf, buf + 1, len - 2);
3039                 buf[len - 2] = '\0';
3040                 c = '>';
3041             }
3042         }
3043
3044         e = search_cached_include(s1, c, buf);
3045         if (e && define_find(e->ifndef_macro)) {
3046             /* no need to parse the include because the 'ifndef macro'
3047                is defined */
3048 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3049             printf("%s: skipping %s\n", file->filename, buf);
3050 #endif
3051         } else {
3052             if (s1->include_stack_ptr >= s1->include_stack + INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE)
3053                 error("#include recursion too deep");
3054             /* push current file in stack */
3055             /* XXX: fix current line init */
3056             *s1->include_stack_ptr++ = file;
3057             if (c == '\"') {
3058                 /* first search in current dir if "header.h" */
3059                 size = tcc_basename(file->filename) - file->filename;
3060                 if (size > sizeof(buf1) - 1)
3061                     size = sizeof(buf1) - 1;
3062                 memcpy(buf1, file->filename, size);
3063                 buf1[size] = '\0';
3064                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), buf);
3065                 f = tcc_open(s1, buf1);
3066                 if (f) {
3067                     if (tok == TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT)
3068                         tok = TOK_INCLUDE;
3069                     else
3070                         goto found;
3071                 }
3072             }
3073             /* now search in all the include paths */
3074             n = s1->nb_include_paths + s1->nb_sysinclude_paths;
3075             for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
3076                 const char *path;
3077                 if (i < s1->nb_include_paths)
3078                     path = s1->include_paths[i];
3079                 else
3080                     path = s1->sysinclude_paths[i - s1->nb_include_paths];
3081                 pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), path);
3082                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "/");
3083                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), buf);
3084                 f = tcc_open(s1, buf1);
3085                 if (f) {
3086                     if (tok == TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT)
3087                         tok = TOK_INCLUDE;
3088                     else
3089                         goto found;
3090                 }
3091             }
3092             --s1->include_stack_ptr;
3093             error("include file '%s' not found", buf);
3094             break;
3095         found:
3096 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3097             printf("%s: including %s\n", file->filename, buf1);
3098 #endif
3099             f->inc_type = c;
3100             pstrcpy(f->inc_filename, sizeof(f->inc_filename), buf);
3101             file = f;
3102             /* add include file debug info */
3103             if (do_debug) {
3104                 put_stabs(file->filename, N_BINCL, 0, 0, 0);
3105             }
3106             tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_BOF | TOK_FLAG_BOL;
3107             ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
3108             goto the_end;
3109         }
3110         break;
3111     case TOK_IFNDEF:
3112         c = 1;
3113         goto do_ifdef;
3114     case TOK_IF:
3115         c = expr_preprocess();
3116         goto do_if;
3117     case TOK_IFDEF:
3118         c = 0;
3119     do_ifdef:
3120         next_nomacro();
3121         if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
3122             error("invalid argument for '#if%sdef'", c ? "n" : "");
3123         if (is_bof) {
3124             if (c) {
3125 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3126                 printf("#ifndef %s\n", get_tok_str(tok, NULL));
3127 #endif
3128                 file->ifndef_macro = tok;
3129             }
3130         }
3131         c = (define_find(tok) != 0) ^ c;
3132     do_if:
3133         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr >= s1->ifdef_stack + IFDEF_STACK_SIZE)
3134             error("memory full");
3135         *s1->ifdef_stack_ptr++ = c;
3136         goto test_skip;
3137     case TOK_ELSE:
3138         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == s1->ifdef_stack)
3139             error("#else without matching #if");
3140         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] & 2)
3141             error("#else after #else");
3142         c = (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] ^= 3);
3143         goto test_skip;
3144     case TOK_ELIF:
3145         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == s1->ifdef_stack)
3146             error("#elif without matching #if");
3147         c = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1];
3148         if (c > 1)
3149             error("#elif after #else");
3150         /* last #if/#elif expression was true: we skip */
3151         if (c == 1)
3152             goto skip;
3153         c = expr_preprocess();
3154         s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] = c;
3155     test_skip:
3156         if (!(c & 1)) {
3157         skip:
3158             preprocess_skip();
3159             is_bof = 0;
3160             goto redo;
3161         }
3162         break;
3163     case TOK_ENDIF:
3164         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr <= file->ifdef_stack_ptr)
3165             error("#endif without matching #if");
3166         s1->ifdef_stack_ptr--;
3167         /* '#ifndef macro' was at the start of file. Now we check if
3168            an '#endif' is exactly at the end of file */
3169         if (file->ifndef_macro &&
3170             s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == file->ifdef_stack_ptr) {
3171             file->ifndef_macro_saved = file->ifndef_macro;
3172             /* need to set to zero to avoid false matches if another
3173                #ifndef at middle of file */
3174             file->ifndef_macro = 0;
3175             while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
3176                 next_nomacro();
3177             tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_ENDIF;
3178             goto the_end;
3179         }
3180         break;
3181     case TOK_LINE:
3182         next();
3183         if (tok != TOK_CINT)
3184             error("#line");
3185         file->line_num = tokc.i - 1; /* the line number will be incremented after */
3186         next();
3187         if (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3188             if (tok != TOK_STR)
3189                 error("#line");
3190             pstrcpy(file->filename, sizeof(file->filename),
3191                     (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
3192         }
3193         break;
3194     case TOK_ERROR:
3195     case TOK_WARNING:
3196         c = tok;
3197         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
3198         skip_spaces();
3199         q = buf;
3200         while (ch != '\n' && ch != CH_EOF) {
3201             if ((q - buf) < sizeof(buf) - 1)
3202                 *q++ = ch;
3203             if (ch == '\\') {
3204                 if (handle_stray_noerror() == 0)
3205                     --q;
3206             } else
3207                 inp();
3208         }
3209         *q = '\0';
3210         if (c == TOK_ERROR)
3211             error("#error %s", buf);
3212         else
3213             warning("#warning %s", buf);
3214         break;
3215     case TOK_PRAGMA:
3216         pragma_parse(s1);
3217         break;
3218     default:
3219         if (tok == TOK_LINEFEED || tok == '!' || tok == TOK_CINT) {
3220             /* '!' is ignored to allow C scripts. numbers are ignored
3221                to emulate cpp behaviour */
3222         } else {
3223             if (!(saved_parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS))
3224                 warning("Ignoring unknown preprocessing directive #%s", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
3225         }
3226         break;
3227     }
3228     /* ignore other preprocess commands or #! for C scripts */
3229     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
3230         next_nomacro();
3231  the_end:
3232     parse_flags = saved_parse_flags;
3233 }
3234
3235 /* evaluate escape codes in a string. */
3236 static void parse_escape_string(CString *outstr, const uint8_t *buf, int is_long)
3237 {
3238     int c, n;
3239     const uint8_t *p;
3240
3241     p = buf;
3242     for(;;) {
3243         c = *p;
3244         if (c == '\0')
3245             break;
3246         if (c == '\\') {
3247             p++;
3248             /* escape */
3249             c = *p;
3250             switch(c) {
3251             case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
3252             case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
3253                 /* at most three octal digits */
3254                 n = c - '0';
3255                 p++;
3256                 c = *p;
3257                 if (isoct(c)) {
3258                     n = n * 8 + c - '0';
3259                     p++;
3260                     c = *p;
3261                     if (isoct(c)) {
3262                         n = n * 8 + c - '0';
3263                         p++;
3264                     }
3265                 }
3266                 c = n;
3267                 goto add_char_nonext;
3268             case 'x':
3269             case 'u':
3270             case 'U':
3271                 p++;
3272                 n = 0;
3273                 for(;;) {
3274                     c = *p;
3275                     if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
3276                         c = c - 'a' + 10;
3277                     else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')
3278                         c = c - 'A' + 10;
3279                     else if (isnum(c))
3280                         c = c - '0';
3281                     else
3282                         break;
3283                     n = n * 16 + c;
3284                     p++;
3285                 }
3286                 c = n;
3287                 goto add_char_nonext;
3288             case 'a':
3289                 c = '\a';
3290                 break;
3291             case 'b':
3292                 c = '\b';
3293                 break;
3294             case 'f':
3295                 c = '\f';
3296                 break;
3297             case 'n':
3298                 c = '\n';
3299                 break;
3300             case 'r':
3301                 c = '\r';
3302                 break;
3303             case 't':
3304                 c = '\t';
3305                 break;
3306             case 'v':
3307                 c = '\v';
3308                 break;
3309             case 'e':
3310                 if (!gnu_ext)
3311                     goto invalid_escape;
3312                 c = 27;
3313                 break;
3314             case '\'':
3315             case '\"':
3316             case '\\':
3317             case '?':
3318                 break;
3319             default:
3320             invalid_escape:
3321                 if (c >= '!' && c <= '~')
3322                     warning("unknown escape sequence: \'\\%c\'", c);
3323                 else
3324                     warning("unknown escape sequence: \'\\x%x\'", c);
3325                 break;
3326             }
3327         }
3328         p++;
3329     add_char_nonext:
3330         if (!is_long)
3331             cstr_ccat(outstr, c);
3332         else
3333             cstr_wccat(outstr, c);
3334     }
3335     /* add a trailing '\0' */
3336     if (!is_long)
3337         cstr_ccat(outstr, '\0');
3338     else
3339         cstr_wccat(outstr, '\0');
3340 }
3341
3342 /* we use 64 bit numbers */
3343 #define BN_SIZE 2
3344
3345 /* bn = (bn << shift) | or_val */
3346 void bn_lshift(unsigned int *bn, int shift, int or_val)
3347 {
3348     int i;
3349     unsigned int v;
3350     for(i=0;i<BN_SIZE;i++) {
3351         v = bn[i];
3352         bn[i] = (v << shift) | or_val;
3353         or_val = v >> (32 - shift);
3354     }
3355 }
3356
3357 void bn_zero(unsigned int *bn)
3358 {
3359     int i;
3360     for(i=0;i<BN_SIZE;i++) {
3361         bn[i] = 0;
3362     }
3363 }
3364
3365 /* parse number in null terminated string 'p' and return it in the
3366    current token */
3367 void parse_number(const char *p)
3368 {
3369     int b, t, shift, frac_bits, s, exp_val, ch;
3370     char *q;
3371     unsigned int bn[BN_SIZE];
3372     double d;
3373
3374     /* number */
3375     q = token_buf;
3376     ch = *p++;
3377     t = ch;
3378     ch = *p++;
3379     *q++ = t;
3380     b = 10;
3381     if (t == '.') {
3382         goto float_frac_parse;
3383     } else if (t == '0') {
3384         if (ch == 'x' || ch == 'X') {
3385             q--;
3386             ch = *p++;
3387             b = 16;
3388         } else if (tcc_ext && (ch == 'b' || ch == 'B')) {
3389             q--;
3390             ch = *p++;
3391             b = 2;
3392         }
3393     }
3394     /* parse all digits. cannot check octal numbers at this stage
3395        because of floating point constants */
3396     while (1) {
3397         if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'f')
3398             t = ch - 'a' + 10;
3399         else if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'F')
3400             t = ch - 'A' + 10;
3401         else if (isnum(ch))
3402             t = ch - '0';
3403         else
3404             break;
3405         if (t >= b)
3406             break;
3407         if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE) {
3408         num_too_long:
3409             error("number too long");
3410         }
3411         *q++ = ch;
3412         ch = *p++;
3413     }
3414     if (ch == '.' ||
3415         ((ch == 'e' || ch == 'E') && b == 10) ||
3416         ((ch == 'p' || ch == 'P') && (b == 16 || b == 2))) {
3417         if (b != 10) {
3418             /* NOTE: strtox should support that for hexa numbers, but
3419                non ISOC99 libcs do not support it, so we prefer to do
3420                it by hand */
3421             /* hexadecimal or binary floats */
3422             /* XXX: handle overflows */
3423             *q = '\0';
3424             if (b == 16)
3425                 shift = 4;
3426             else
3427                 shift = 2;
3428             bn_zero(bn);
3429             q = token_buf;
3430             while (1) {
3431                 t = *q++;
3432                 if (t == '\0') {
3433                     break;
3434                 } else if (t >= 'a') {
3435                     t = t - 'a' + 10;
3436                 } else if (t >= 'A') {
3437                     t = t - 'A' + 10;
3438                 } else {
3439                     t = t - '0';
3440                 }
3441                 bn_lshift(bn, shift, t);
3442             }
3443             frac_bits = 0;
3444             if (ch == '.') {
3445                 ch = *p++;
3446                 while (1) {
3447                     t = ch;
3448                     if (t >= 'a' && t <= 'f') {
3449                         t = t - 'a' + 10;
3450                     } else if (t >= 'A' && t <= 'F') {
3451                         t = t - 'A' + 10;
3452                     } else if (t >= '0' && t <= '9') {
3453                         t = t - '0';
3454                     } else {
3455                         break;
3456                     }
3457                     if (t >= b)
3458                         error("invalid digit");
3459                     bn_lshift(bn, shift, t);
3460                     frac_bits += shift;
3461                     ch = *p++;
3462                 }
3463             }
3464             if (ch != 'p' && ch != 'P')
3465                 expect("exponent");
3466             ch = *p++;
3467             s = 1;
3468             exp_val = 0;
3469             if (ch == '+') {
3470                 ch = *p++;
3471             } else if (ch == '-') {
3472                 s = -1;
3473                 ch = *p++;
3474             }
3475             if (ch < '0' || ch > '9')
3476                 expect("exponent digits");
3477             while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3478                 exp_val = exp_val * 10 + ch - '0';
3479                 ch = *p++;
3480             }
3481             exp_val = exp_val * s;
3482
3483             /* now we can generate the number */
3484             /* XXX: should patch directly float number */
3485             d = (double)bn[1] * 4294967296.0 + (double)bn[0];
3486             d = ldexp(d, exp_val - frac_bits);
3487             t = toup(ch);
3488             if (t == 'F') {
3489                 ch = *p++;
3490                 tok = TOK_CFLOAT;
3491                 /* float : should handle overflow */
3492                 tokc.f = (float)d;
3493             } else if (t == 'L') {
3494                 ch = *p++;
3495                 tok = TOK_CLDOUBLE;
3496                 /* XXX: not large enough */
3497                 tokc.ld = (long double)d;
3498             } else {
3499                 tok = TOK_CDOUBLE;
3500                 tokc.d = d;
3501             }
3502         } else {
3503             /* decimal floats */
3504             if (ch == '.') {
3505                 if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3506                     goto num_too_long;
3507                 *q++ = ch;
3508                 ch = *p++;
3509             float_frac_parse:
3510                 while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3511                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3512                         goto num_too_long;
3513                     *q++ = ch;
3514                     ch = *p++;
3515                 }
3516             }
3517             if (ch == 'e' || ch == 'E') {
3518                 if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3519                     goto num_too_long;
3520                 *q++ = ch;
3521                 ch = *p++;
3522                 if (ch == '-' || ch == '+') {
3523                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3524                         goto num_too_long;
3525                     *q++ = ch;
3526                     ch = *p++;
3527                 }
3528                 if (ch < '0' || ch > '9')
3529                     expect("exponent digits");
3530                 while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3531                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3532                         goto num_too_long;
3533                     *q++ = ch;
3534                     ch = *p++;
3535                 }
3536             }
3537             *q = '\0';
3538             t = toup(ch);
3539             errno = 0;
3540             if (t == 'F') {
3541                 ch = *p++;
3542                 tok = TOK_CFLOAT;
3543                 tokc.f = strtof(token_buf, NULL);
3544             } else if (t == 'L') {
3545                 ch = *p++;
3546                 tok = TOK_CLDOUBLE;
3547                 tokc.ld = strtold(token_buf, NULL);
3548             } else {
3549                 tok = TOK_CDOUBLE;
3550                 tokc.d = strtod(token_buf, NULL);
3551             }
3552         }
3553     } else {
3554         unsigned long long n, n1;
3555         int lcount, ucount;
3556
3557         /* integer number */
3558         *q = '\0';
3559         q = token_buf;
3560         if (b == 10 && *q == '0') {
3561             b = 8;
3562             q++;
3563         }
3564         n = 0;
3565         while(1) {
3566             t = *q++;
3567             /* no need for checks except for base 10 / 8 errors */
3568             if (t == '\0') {
3569                 break;
3570             } else if (t >= 'a') {
3571                 t = t - 'a' + 10;
3572             } else if (t >= 'A') {
3573                 t = t - 'A' + 10;
3574             } else {
3575                 t = t - '0';
3576                 if (t >= b)
3577                     error("invalid digit");
3578             }
3579             n1 = n;
3580             n = n * b + t;
3581             /* detect overflow */
3582             /* XXX: this test is not reliable */
3583             if (n < n1)
3584                 error("integer constant overflow");
3585         }
3586
3587         /* XXX: not exactly ANSI compliant */
3588         if ((n & 0xffffffff00000000LL) != 0) {
3589             if ((n >> 63) != 0)
3590                 tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3591             else
3592                 tok = TOK_CLLONG;
3593         } else if (n > 0x7fffffff) {
3594             tok = TOK_CUINT;
3595         } else {
3596             tok = TOK_CINT;
3597         }
3598         lcount = 0;
3599         ucount = 0;
3600         for(;;) {
3601             t = toup(ch);
3602             if (t == 'L') {
3603                 if (lcount >= 2)
3604                     error("three 'l's in integer constant");
3605                 lcount++;
3606                 if (lcount == 2) {
3607                     if (tok == TOK_CINT)
3608                         tok = TOK_CLLONG;
3609                     else if (tok == TOK_CUINT)
3610                         tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3611                 }
3612                 ch = *p++;
3613             } else if (t == 'U') {
3614                 if (ucount >= 1)
3615                     error("two 'u's in integer constant");
3616                 ucount++;
3617                 if (tok == TOK_CINT)
3618                     tok = TOK_CUINT;
3619                 else if (tok == TOK_CLLONG)
3620                     tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3621                 ch = *p++;
3622             } else {
3623                 break;
3624             }
3625         }
3626         if (tok == TOK_CINT || tok == TOK_CUINT)
3627             tokc.ui = n;
3628         else
3629             tokc.ull = n;
3630     }
3631 }
3632
3633
3634 #define PARSE2(c1, tok1, c2, tok2)              \
3635     case c1:                                    \
3636         PEEKC(c, p);                            \
3637         if (c == c2) {                          \
3638             p++;                                \
3639             tok = tok2;                         \
3640         } else {                                \
3641             tok = tok1;                         \
3642         }                                       \
3643         break;
3644
3645 /* return next token without macro substitution */
3646 static inline void next_nomacro1(void)
3647 {
3648     int t, c, is_long;
3649     TokenSym *ts;
3650     uint8_t *p, *p1;
3651     unsigned int h;
3652
3653     p = file->buf_ptr;
3654  redo_no_start:
3655     c = *p;
3656     switch(c) {
3657     case ' ':
3658     case '\t':
3659     case '\f':
3660     case '\v':
3661     case '\r':
3662         p++;
3663         goto redo_no_start;
3664
3665     case '\\':
3666         /* first look if it is in fact an end of buffer */
3667         if (p >= file->buf_end) {
3668             file->buf_ptr = p;
3669             handle_eob();
3670             p = file->buf_ptr;
3671             if (p >= file->buf_end)
3672                 goto parse_eof;
3673             else
3674                 goto redo_no_start;
3675         } else {
3676             file->buf_ptr = p;
3677             ch = *p;
3678             handle_stray();
3679             p = file->buf_ptr;
3680             goto redo_no_start;
3681         }
3682     parse_eof:
3683         {
3684             TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
3685             if ((parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED)
3686                 && !(tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_EOF)) {
3687                 tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_EOF;
3688                 tok = TOK_LINEFEED;
3689                 goto keep_tok_flags;
3690             } else if (s1->include_stack_ptr == s1->include_stack ||
3691                        !(parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
3692                 /* no include left : end of file. */
3693                 tok = TOK_EOF;
3694             } else {
3695                 tok_flags &= ~TOK_FLAG_EOF;
3696                 /* pop include file */
3697
3698                 /* test if previous '#endif' was after a #ifdef at
3699                    start of file */
3700                 if (tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_ENDIF) {
3701 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3702                     printf("#endif %s\n", get_tok_str(file->ifndef_macro_saved, NULL));
3703 #endif
3704                     add_cached_include(s1, file->inc_type, file->inc_filename,
3705                                        file->ifndef_macro_saved);
3706                 }
3707
3708                 /* add end of include file debug info */
3709                 if (do_debug) {
3710                     put_stabd(N_EINCL, 0, 0);
3711                 }
3712                 /* pop include stack */
3713                 tcc_close(file);
3714                 s1->include_stack_ptr--;
3715                 file = *s1->include_stack_ptr;
3716                 p = file->buf_ptr;
3717                 goto redo_no_start;
3718             }
3719         }
3720         break;
3721
3722     case '\n':
3723         file->line_num++;
3724         tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_BOL;
3725         p++;
3726         if (0 == (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED))
3727             goto redo_no_start;
3728         tok = TOK_LINEFEED;
3729         goto keep_tok_flags;
3730
3731     case '#':
3732         /* XXX: simplify */
3733         PEEKC(c, p);
3734         if ((tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_BOL) &&
3735             (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
3736             file->buf_ptr = p;
3737             preprocess(tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_BOF);
3738             p = file->buf_ptr;
3739             goto redo_no_start;
3740         } else {
3741             if (c == '#') {
3742                 p++;
3743                 tok = TOK_TWOSHARPS;
3744             } else {
3745                 if (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS) {
3746                     p = parse_line_comment(p - 1);
3747                     goto redo_no_start;
3748                 } else {
3749                     tok = '#';
3750                 }
3751             }
3752         }
3753         break;
3754
3755     case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd':
3756     case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
3757     case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
3758     case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p':
3759     case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
3760     case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
3761     case 'y': case 'z':
3762     case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D':
3763     case 'E': case 'F': case 'G': case 'H':
3764     case 'I': case 'J': case 'K':
3765     case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P':
3766     case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
3767     case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
3768     case 'Y': case 'Z':
3769     case '_':
3770     parse_ident_fast:
3771         p1 = p;
3772         h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
3773         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c);
3774         p++;
3775         for(;;) {
3776             c = *p;
3777             if (!isidnum_table[c-CH_EOF])
3778                 break;
3779             h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c);
3780             p++;
3781         }
3782         if (c != '\\') {
3783             TokenSym **pts;
3784             int len;
3785
3786             /* fast case : no stray found, so we have the full token
3787                and we have already hashed it */
3788             len = p - p1;
3789             h &= (TOK_HASH_SIZE - 1);
3790             pts = &hash_ident[h];
3791             for(;;) {
3792                 ts = *pts;
3793                 if (!ts)
3794                     break;
3795                 if (ts->len == len && !memcmp(ts->str, p1, len))
3796                     goto token_found;
3797                 pts = &(ts->hash_next);
3798             }
3799             ts = tok_alloc_new(pts, p1, len);
3800         token_found: ;
3801         } else {
3802             /* slower case */
3803             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3804
3805             while (p1 < p) {
3806                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, *p1);
3807                 p1++;
3808             }
3809             p--;
3810             PEEKC(c, p);
3811         parse_ident_slow:
3812             while (isidnum_table[c-CH_EOF]) {
3813                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, c);
3814                 PEEKC(c, p);
3815             }
3816             ts = tok_alloc(tokcstr.data, tokcstr.size);
3817         }
3818         tok = ts->tok;
3819         break;
3820     case 'L':
3821         t = p[1];
3822         if (t != '\\' && t != '\'' && t != '\"') {
3823             /* fast case */
3824             goto parse_ident_fast;
3825         } else {
3826             PEEKC(c, p);
3827             if (c == '\'' || c == '\"') {
3828                 is_long = 1;
3829                 goto str_const;
3830             } else {
3831                 cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3832                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, 'L');
3833                 goto parse_ident_slow;
3834             }
3835         }
3836         break;
3837     case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
3838     case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
3839     case '8': case '9':
3840
3841         cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3842         /* after the first digit, accept digits, alpha, '.' or sign if
3843            prefixed by 'eEpP' */
3844     parse_num:
3845         for(;;) {
3846             t = c;
3847             cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, c);
3848             PEEKC(c, p);
3849             if (!(isnum(c) || isid(c) || c == '.' ||
3850                   ((c == '+' || c == '-') &&
3851                    (t == 'e' || t == 'E' || t == 'p' || t == 'P'))))
3852                 break;
3853         }
3854         /* We add a trailing '\0' to ease parsing */
3855         cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, '\0');
3856         tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
3857         tok = TOK_PPNUM;
3858         break;
3859     case '.':
3860         /* special dot handling because it can also start a number */
3861         PEEKC(c, p);
3862         if (isnum(c)) {
3863             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3864             cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, '.');
3865             goto parse_num;
3866         } else if (c == '.') {
3867             PEEKC(c, p);
3868             if (c != '.')
3869                 expect("'.'");
3870             PEEKC(c, p);
3871             tok = TOK_DOTS;
3872         } else {
3873             tok = '.';
3874         }
3875         break;
3876     case '\'':
3877     case '\"':
3878         is_long = 0;
3879     str_const:
3880         {
3881             CString str;
3882             int sep;
3883
3884             sep = c;
3885
3886             /* parse the string */
3887             cstr_new(&str);
3888             p = parse_pp_string(p, sep, &str);
3889             cstr_ccat(&str, '\0');
3890
3891             /* eval the escape (should be done as TOK_PPNUM) */
3892             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3893             parse_escape_string(&tokcstr, str.data, is_long);
3894             cstr_free(&str);
3895
3896             if (sep == '\'') {
3897                 int char_size;
3898                 /* XXX: make it portable */
3899                 if (!is_long)
3900                     char_size = 1;
3901                 else
3902                     char_size = sizeof(nwchar_t);
3903                 if (tokcstr.size <= char_size)
3904                     error("empty character constant");
3905                 if (tokcstr.size > 2 * char_size)
3906                     warning("multi-character character constant");
3907                 if (!is_long) {
3908                     tokc.i = *(int8_t *)tokcstr.data;
3909                     tok = TOK_CCHAR;
3910                 } else {
3911                     tokc.i = *(nwchar_t *)tokcstr.data;
3912                     tok = TOK_LCHAR;
3913                 }
3914             } else {
3915                 tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
3916                 if (!is_long)
3917                     tok = TOK_STR;
3918                 else
3919                     tok = TOK_LSTR;
3920             }
3921         }
3922         break;
3923
3924     case '<':
3925         PEEKC(c, p);
3926         if (c == '=') {
3927             p++;
3928             tok = TOK_LE;
3929         } else if (c == '<') {
3930             PEEKC(c, p);
3931             if (c == '=') {
3932                 p++;
3933                 tok = TOK_A_SHL;
3934             } else {
3935                 tok = TOK_SHL;
3936             }
3937         } else {
3938             tok = TOK_LT;
3939         }
3940         break;
3941
3942     case '>':
3943         PEEKC(c, p);
3944         if (c == '=') {
3945             p++;
3946             tok = TOK_GE;
3947         } else if (c == '>') {
3948             PEEKC(c, p);
3949             if (c == '=') {
3950                 p++;
3951                 tok = TOK_A_SAR;
3952             } else {
3953                 tok = TOK_SAR;
3954             }
3955         } else {
3956             tok = TOK_GT;
3957         }
3958         break;
3959
3960     case '&':
3961         PEEKC(c, p);
3962         if (c == '&') {
3963             p++;
3964             tok = TOK_LAND;
3965         } else if (c == '=') {
3966             p++;
3967             tok = TOK_A_AND;
3968         } else {
3969             tok = '&';
3970         }
3971         break;
3972
3973     case '|':
3974         PEEKC(c, p);
3975         if (c == '|') {
3976             p++;
3977             tok = TOK_LOR;
3978         } else if (c == '=') {
3979             p++;
3980             tok = TOK_A_OR;
3981         } else {
3982             tok = '|';
3983         }
3984         break;
3985
3986     case '+':
3987         PEEKC(c, p);
3988         if (c == '+') {
3989             p++;
3990             tok = TOK_INC;
3991         } else if (c == '=') {
3992             p++;
3993             tok = TOK_A_ADD;
3994         } else {
3995             tok = '+';
3996         }
3997         break;
3998
3999     case '-':
4000         PEEKC(c, p);
4001         if (c == '-') {
4002             p++;
4003             tok = TOK_DEC;
4004         } else if (c == '=') {
4005             p++;
4006             tok = TOK_A_SUB;
4007         } else if (c == '>') {
4008             p++;
4009             tok = TOK_ARROW;
4010         } else {
4011             tok = '-';
4012         }
4013         break;
4014
4015     PARSE2('!', '!', '=', TOK_NE)
4016     PARSE2('=', '=', '=', TOK_EQ)
4017     PARSE2('*', '*', '=', TOK_A_MUL)
4018     PARSE2('%', '%', '=', TOK_A_MOD)
4019     PARSE2('^', '^', '=', TOK_A_XOR)
4020
4021         /* comments or operator */
4022     case '/':
4023         PEEKC(c, p);
4024         if (c == '*') {
4025             p = parse_comment(p);
4026             goto redo_no_start;
4027         } else if (c == '/') {
4028             p = parse_line_comment(p);
4029             goto redo_no_start;
4030         } else if (c == '=') {
4031             p++;
4032             tok = TOK_A_DIV;
4033         } else {
4034             tok = '/';
4035         }
4036         break;
4037
4038         /* simple tokens */
4039     case '(':
4040     case ')':
4041     case '[':
4042     case ']':
4043     case '{':
4044     case '}':
4045     case ',':
4046     case ';':
4047     case ':':
4048     case '?':
4049     case '~':
4050     case '$': /* only used in assembler */
4051     case '@': /* dito */
4052         tok = c;
4053         p++;
4054         break;
4055     default:
4056         error("unrecognized character \\x%02x", c);
4057         break;
4058     }
4059     tok_flags = 0;
4060 keep_tok_flags:
4061     file->buf_ptr = p;
4062 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG)
4063     printf("token = %s\n", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
4064 #endif
4065 }
4066
4067 /* return next token without macro substitution. Can read input from
4068    macro_ptr buffer */
4069 static void next_nomacro(void)
4070 {
4071     if (macro_ptr) {
4072     redo:
4073         tok = *macro_ptr;
4074         if (tok) {
4075             TOK_GET(tok, macro_ptr, tokc);
4076             if (tok == TOK_LINENUM) {
4077                 file->line_num = tokc.i;
4078                 goto redo;
4079             }
4080         }
4081     } else {
4082         next_nomacro1();
4083     }
4084 }
4085
4086 /* substitute args in macro_str and return allocated string */
4087 static int *macro_arg_subst(Sym **nested_list, int *macro_str, Sym *args)
4088 {
4089     int *st, last_tok, t, notfirst;
4090     Sym *s;
4091     CValue cval;
4092     TokenString str;
4093     CString cstr;
4094
4095     tok_str_new(&str);
4096     last_tok = 0;
4097     while(1) {
4098         TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4099         if (!t)
4100             break;
4101         if (t == '#') {
4102             /* stringize */
4103             TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4104             if (!t)
4105                 break;
4106             s = sym_find2(args, t);
4107             if (s) {
4108                 cstr_new(&cstr);
4109                 st = (int *)s->c;
4110                 notfirst = 0;
4111                 while (*st) {
4112                     if (notfirst)
4113                         cstr_ccat(&cstr, ' ');
4114                     TOK_GET(t, st, cval);
4115                     cstr_cat(&cstr, get_tok_str(t, &cval));
4116 #ifndef PP_NOSPACES
4117                     notfirst = 1;
4118 #endif
4119                 }
4120                 cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4121 #ifdef PP_DEBUG
4122                 printf("stringize: %s\n", (char *)cstr.data);
4123 #endif
4124                 /* add string */
4125                 cval.cstr = &cstr;
4126                 tok_str_add2(&str, TOK_STR, &cval);
4127                 cstr_free(&cstr);
4128             } else {
4129                 tok_str_add2(&str, t, &cval);
4130             }
4131         } else if (t >= TOK_IDENT) {
4132             s = sym_find2(args, t);
4133             if (s) {
4134                 st = (int *)s->c;
4135                 /* if '##' is present before or after, no arg substitution */
4136                 if (*macro_str == TOK_TWOSHARPS || last_tok == TOK_TWOSHARPS) {
4137                     /* special case for var arg macros : ## eats the
4138                        ',' if empty VA_ARGS variable. */
4139                     /* XXX: test of the ',' is not 100%
4140                        reliable. should fix it to avoid security
4141                        problems */
4142                     if (gnu_ext && s->type.t &&
4143                         last_tok == TOK_TWOSHARPS &&
4144                         str.len >= 2 && str.str[str.len - 2] == ',') {
4145                         if (*st == 0) {
4146                             /* suppress ',' '##' */
4147                             str.len -= 2;
4148                         } else {
4149                             /* suppress '##' and add variable */
4150                             str.len--;
4151                             goto add_var;
4152                         }
4153                     } else {
4154                         int t1;
4155                     add_var:
4156                         for(;;) {
4157                             TOK_GET(t1, st, cval);
4158                             if (!t1)
4159                                 break;
4160                             tok_str_add2(&str, t1, &cval);
4161                         }
4162                     }
4163                 } else {
4164                     /* NOTE: the stream cannot be read when macro
4165                        substituing an argument */
4166                     macro_subst(&str, nested_list, st, NULL);
4167                 }
4168             } else {
4169                 tok_str_add(&str, t);
4170             }
4171         } else {
4172             tok_str_add2(&str, t, &cval);
4173         }
4174         last_tok = t;
4175     }
4176     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4177     return str.str;
4178 }
4179
4180 static char const ab_month_name[12][4] =
4181 {
4182     "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun",
4183     "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec"
4184 };
4185
4186 /* do macro substitution of current token with macro 's' and add
4187    result to (tok_str,tok_len). 'nested_list' is the list of all
4188    macros we got inside to avoid recursing. Return non zero if no
4189    substitution needs to be done */
4190 static int macro_subst_tok(TokenString *tok_str,
4191                            Sym **nested_list, Sym *s, struct macro_level **can_read_stream)
4192 {
4193     Sym *args, *sa, *sa1;
4194     int mstr_allocated, parlevel, *mstr, t, t1;
4195     TokenString str;
4196     char *cstrval;
4197     CValue cval;
4198     CString cstr;
4199     char buf[32];
4200
4201     /* if symbol is a macro, prepare substitution */
4202     /* special macros */
4203     if (tok == TOK___LINE__) {
4204         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", file->line_num);
4205         cstrval = buf;
4206         t1 = TOK_PPNUM;
4207         goto add_cstr1;
4208     } else if (tok == TOK___FILE__) {
4209         cstrval = file->filename;
4210         goto add_cstr;
4211     } else if (tok == TOK___DATE__ || tok == TOK___TIME__) {
4212         time_t ti;
4213         struct tm *tm;
4214
4215         time(&ti);
4216         tm = localtime(&ti);
4217         if (tok == TOK___DATE__) {
4218             snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s %2d %d",
4219                      ab_month_name[tm->tm_mon], tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_year + 1900);
4220         } else {
4221             snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%02d:%02d:%02d",
4222                      tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, tm->tm_sec);
4223         }
4224         cstrval = buf;
4225     add_cstr:
4226         t1 = TOK_STR;
4227     add_cstr1:
4228         cstr_new(&cstr);
4229         cstr_cat(&cstr, cstrval);
4230         cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4231         cval.cstr = &cstr;
4232         tok_str_add2(tok_str, t1, &cval);
4233         cstr_free(&cstr);
4234     } else {
4235         mstr = (int *)s->c;
4236         mstr_allocated = 0;
4237         if (s->type.t == MACRO_FUNC) {
4238             /* NOTE: we do not use next_nomacro to avoid eating the
4239                next token. XXX: find better solution */
4240         redo:
4241             if (macro_ptr) {
4242                 t = *macro_ptr;
4243                 if (t == 0 && can_read_stream) {
4244                     /* end of macro stream: we must look at the token
4245                        after in the file */
4246                     struct macro_level *ml = *can_read_stream;
4247                     macro_ptr = NULL;
4248                     if (ml)
4249                     {
4250                         macro_ptr = ml->p;
4251                         ml->p = NULL;
4252                         *can_read_stream = ml -> prev;
4253                     }
4254                     goto redo;
4255                 }
4256             } else {
4257                 /* XXX: incorrect with comments */
4258                 ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
4259                 while (is_space(ch) || ch == '\n')
4260                     cinp();
4261                 t = ch;
4262             }
4263             if (t != '(') /* no macro subst */
4264                 return -1;
4265
4266             /* argument macro */
4267             next_nomacro();
4268             next_nomacro();
4269             args = NULL;
4270             sa = s->next;
4271             /* NOTE: empty args are allowed, except if no args */
4272             for(;;) {
4273                 /* handle '()' case */
4274                 if (!args && !sa && tok == ')')
4275                     break;
4276                 if (!sa)
4277                     error("macro '%s' used with too many args",
4278                           get_tok_str(s->v, 0));
4279                 tok_str_new(&str);
4280                 parlevel = 0;
4281                 /* NOTE: non zero sa->t indicates VA_ARGS */
4282                 while ((parlevel > 0 ||
4283                         (tok != ')' &&
4284                          (tok != ',' || sa->type.t))) &&
4285                        tok != -1) {
4286                     if (tok == '(')
4287                         parlevel++;
4288                     else if (tok == ')')
4289                         parlevel--;
4290                     if (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
4291                         tok_str_add2(&str, tok, &tokc);
4292                     next_nomacro();
4293                 }
4294                 tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4295                 sym_push2(&args, sa->v & ~SYM_FIELD, sa->type.t, (int)str.str);
4296                 sa = sa->next;
4297                 if (tok == ')') {
4298                     /* special case for gcc var args: add an empty
4299                        var arg argument if it is omitted */
4300                     if (sa && sa->type.t && gnu_ext)
4301                         continue;
4302                     else
4303                         break;
4304                 }
4305                 if (tok != ',')
4306                     expect(",");
4307                 next_nomacro();
4308             }
4309             if (sa) {
4310                 error("macro '%s' used with too few args",
4311                       get_tok_str(s->v, 0));
4312             }
4313
4314             /* now subst each arg */
4315             mstr = macro_arg_subst(nested_list, mstr, args);
4316             /* free memory */
4317             sa = args;
4318             while (sa) {
4319                 sa1 = sa->prev;
4320                 tok_str_free((int *)sa->c);
4321                 sym_free(sa);
4322                 sa = sa1;
4323             }
4324             mstr_allocated = 1;
4325         }
4326         sym_push2(nested_list, s->v, 0, 0);
4327         macro_subst(tok_str, nested_list, mstr, can_read_stream);
4328         /* pop nested defined symbol */
4329         sa1 = *nested_list;
4330         *nested_list = sa1->prev;
4331         sym_free(sa1);
4332         if (mstr_allocated)
4333             tok_str_free(mstr);
4334     }
4335     return 0;
4336 }
4337
4338 /* handle the '##' operator. Return NULL if no '##' seen. Otherwise
4339    return the resulting string (which must be freed). */
4340 static inline int *macro_twosharps(const int *macro_str)
4341 {
4342     TokenSym *ts;
4343     const int *macro_ptr1, *start_macro_ptr, *ptr, *saved_macro_ptr;
4344     int t;
4345     const char *p1, *p2;
4346     CValue cval;
4347     TokenString macro_str1;
4348     CString cstr;
4349
4350     start_macro_ptr = macro_str;
4351     /* we search the first '##' */
4352     for(;;) {
4353         macro_ptr1 = macro_str;
4354         TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4355         /* nothing more to do if end of string */
4356         if (t == 0)
4357             return NULL;
4358         if (*macro_str == TOK_TWOSHARPS)
4359             break;
4360     }
4361
4362     /* we saw '##', so we need more processing to handle it */
4363     cstr_new(&cstr);
4364     tok_str_new(&macro_str1);
4365     tok = t;
4366     tokc = cval;
4367
4368     /* add all tokens seen so far */
4369     for(ptr = start_macro_ptr; ptr < macro_ptr1;) {
4370         TOK_GET(t, ptr, cval);
4371         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, t, &cval);
4372     }
4373     saved_macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
4374     /* XXX: get rid of the use of macro_ptr here */
4375     macro_ptr = (int *)macro_str;
4376     for(;;) {
4377         while (*macro_ptr == TOK_TWOSHARPS) {
4378             macro_ptr++;
4379             macro_ptr1 = macro_ptr;
4380             t = *macro_ptr;
4381             if (t) {
4382                 TOK_GET(t, macro_ptr, cval);
4383                 /* We concatenate the two tokens if we have an
4384                    identifier or a preprocessing number */
4385                 cstr_reset(&cstr);
4386                 p1 = get_tok_str(tok, &tokc);
4387                 cstr_cat(&cstr, p1);
4388                 p2 = get_tok_str(t, &cval);
4389                 cstr_cat(&cstr, p2);
4390                 cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4391
4392                 if ((tok >= TOK_IDENT || tok == TOK_PPNUM) &&
4393                     (t >= TOK_IDENT || t == TOK_PPNUM)) {
4394                     if (tok == TOK_PPNUM) {
4395                         /* if number, then create a number token */
4396                         /* NOTE: no need to allocate because
4397                            tok_str_add2() does it */
4398                         cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
4399                         tokcstr = cstr;
4400                         cstr_new(&cstr);
4401                         tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
4402                     } else {
4403                         /* if identifier, we must do a test to
4404                            validate we have a correct identifier */
4405                         if (t == TOK_PPNUM) {
4406                             const char *p;
4407                             int c;
4408
4409                             p = p2;
4410                             for(;;) {
4411                                 c = *p;
4412                                 if (c == '\0')
4413                                     break;
4414                                 p++;
4415                                 if (!isnum(c) && !isid(c))
4416                                     goto error_pasting;
4417                             }
4418                         }
4419                         ts = tok_alloc(cstr.data, strlen(cstr.data));
4420                         tok = ts->tok; /* modify current token */
4421                     }
4422                 } else {
4423                     const char *str = cstr.data;
4424                     const unsigned char *q;
4425
4426                     /* we look for a valid token */
4427                     /* XXX: do more extensive checks */
4428                     if (!strcmp(str, ">>=")) {
4429                         tok = TOK_A_SAR;
4430                     } else if (!strcmp(str, "<<=")) {
4431                         tok = TOK_A_SHL;
4432                     } else if (strlen(str) == 2) {
4433                         /* search in two bytes table */
4434                         q = tok_two_chars;
4435                         for(;;) {
4436                             if (!*q)
4437                                 goto error_pasting;
4438                             if (q[0] == str[0] && q[1] == str[1])
4439                                 break;
4440                             q += 3;
4441                         }
4442                         tok = q[2];
4443                     } else {
4444                     error_pasting:
4445                         /* NOTE: because get_tok_str use a static buffer,
4446                            we must save it */
4447                         cstr_reset(&cstr);
4448                         p1 = get_tok_str(tok, &tokc);
4449                         cstr_cat(&cstr, p1);
4450                         cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4451                         p2 = get_tok_str(t, &cval);
4452                         warning("pasting \"%s\" and \"%s\" does not give a valid preprocessing token", cstr.data, p2);
4453                         /* cannot merge tokens: just add them separately */
4454                         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, tok, &tokc);
4455                         /* XXX: free associated memory ? */
4456                         tok = t;
4457                         tokc = cval;
4458                     }
4459                 }
4460             }
4461         }
4462         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, tok, &tokc);
4463         next_nomacro();
4464         if (tok == 0)
4465             break;
4466     }
4467     macro_ptr = (int *)saved_macro_ptr;
4468     cstr_free(&cstr);
4469     tok_str_add(&macro_str1, 0);
4470     return macro_str1.str;
4471 }
4472
4473
4474 /* do macro substitution of macro_str and add result to
4475    (tok_str,tok_len). 'nested_list' is the list of all macros we got
4476    inside to avoid recursing. */
4477 static void macro_subst(TokenString *tok_str, Sym **nested_list,
4478                         const int *macro_str, struct macro_level ** can_read_stream)
4479 {
4480     Sym *s;
4481     int *macro_str1;
4482     const int *ptr;
4483     int t, ret;
4484     CValue cval;
4485     struct macro_level ml;
4486
4487     /* first scan for '##' operator handling */
4488     ptr = macro_str;
4489     macro_str1 = macro_twosharps(ptr);
4490     if (macro_str1)
4491         ptr = macro_str1;
4492     while (1) {
4493         /* NOTE: ptr == NULL can only happen if tokens are read from
4494            file stream due to a macro function call */
4495         if (ptr == NULL)
4496             break;
4497         TOK_GET(t, ptr, cval);
4498         if (t == 0)
4499             break;
4500         s = define_find(t);
4501         if (s != NULL) {
4502             /* if nested substitution, do nothing */
4503             if (sym_find2(*nested_list, t))
4504                 goto no_subst;
4505             ml.p = macro_ptr;
4506             if (can_read_stream)
4507                 ml.prev = *can_read_stream, *can_read_stream = &ml;
4508             macro_ptr = (int *)ptr;
4509             tok = t;
4510             ret = macro_subst_tok(tok_str, nested_list, s, can_read_stream);
4511             ptr = (int *)macro_ptr;
4512             macro_ptr = ml.p;
4513             if (can_read_stream && *can_read_stream == &ml)
4514                 *can_read_stream = ml.prev;
4515             if (ret != 0)
4516                 goto no_subst;
4517         } else {
4518         no_subst:
4519             tok_str_add2(tok_str, t, &cval);
4520         }
4521     }
4522     if (macro_str1)
4523         tok_str_free(macro_str1);
4524 }
4525
4526 /* return next token with macro substitution */
4527 static void next(void)
4528 {
4529     Sym *nested_list, *s;
4530     TokenString str;
4531     struct macro_level *ml;
4532
4533  redo:
4534     next_nomacro();
4535     if (!macro_ptr) {
4536         /* if not reading from macro substituted string, then try
4537            to substitute macros */
4538         if (tok >= TOK_IDENT &&
4539             (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
4540             s = define_find(tok);
4541             if (s) {
4542                 /* we have a macro: we try to substitute */
4543                 tok_str_new(&str);
4544                 nested_list = NULL;
4545                 ml = NULL;
4546                 if (macro_subst_tok(&str, &nested_list, s, &ml) == 0) {
4547                     /* substitution done, NOTE: maybe empty */
4548                     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4549                     macro_ptr = str.str;
4550                     macro_ptr_allocated = str.str;
4551                     goto redo;
4552                 }
4553             }
4554         }
4555     } else {
4556         if (tok == 0) {
4557             /* end of macro or end of unget buffer */
4558             if (unget_buffer_enabled) {
4559                 macro_ptr = unget_saved_macro_ptr;
4560                 unget_buffer_enabled = 0;
4561             } else {
4562                 /* end of macro string: free it */
4563                 tok_str_free(macro_ptr_allocated);
4564                 macro_ptr = NULL;
4565             }
4566             goto redo;
4567         }
4568     }
4569
4570     /* convert preprocessor tokens into C tokens */
4571     if (tok == TOK_PPNUM &&
4572         (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM)) {
4573         parse_number((char *)tokc.cstr->data);
4574     }
4575 }
4576
4577 /* push back current token and set current token to 'last_tok'. Only
4578    identifier case handled for labels. */
4579 static inline void unget_tok(int last_tok)
4580 {
4581     int i, n;
4582     int *q;
4583     unget_saved_macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
4584     unget_buffer_enabled = 1;
4585     q = unget_saved_buffer;
4586     macro_ptr = q;
4587     *q++ = tok;
4588     n = tok_ext_size(tok) - 1;
4589     for(i=0;i<n;i++)
4590         *q++ = tokc.tab[i];
4591     *q = 0; /* end of token string */
4592     tok = last_tok;
4593 }
4594
4595
4596 void swap(int *p, int *q)
4597 {
4598     int t;
4599     t = *p;
4600     *p = *q;
4601     *q = t;
4602 }
4603
4604 void vsetc(CType *type, int r, CValue *vc)
4605 {
4606     int v;
4607
4608     if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
4609         error("memory full");
4610     /* cannot let cpu flags if other instruction are generated. Also
4611        avoid leaving VT_JMP anywhere except on the top of the stack
4612        because it would complicate the code generator. */
4613     if (vtop >= vstack) {
4614         v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
4615         if (v == VT_CMP || (v & ~1) == VT_JMP)
4616             gv(RC_INT);
4617     }
4618     vtop++;
4619     vtop->type = *type;
4620     vtop->r = r;
4621     vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
4622     vtop->c = *vc;
4623 }
4624
4625 /* push integer constant */
4626 void vpushi(int v)
4627 {
4628     CValue cval;
4629     cval.i = v;
4630     vsetc(&int_type, VT_CONST, &cval);
4631 }
4632
4633 /* Return a static symbol pointing to a section */
4634 static Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec,
4635                         unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
4636 {
4637     int v;
4638     Sym *sym;
4639
4640     v = anon_sym++;
4641     sym = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_STATIC, 0);
4642     sym->type.ref = type->ref;
4643     sym->r = VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
4644     put_extern_sym(sym, sec, offset, size);
4645     return sym;
4646 }
4647
4648 /* push a reference to a section offset by adding a dummy symbol */
4649 static void vpush_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
4650 {
4651     CValue cval;
4652
4653     cval.ul = 0;
4654     vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
4655     vtop->sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, offset, size);
4656 }
4657
4658 /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
4659 static Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
4660 {
4661     Sym *s;
4662
4663     s = sym_find(v);
4664     if (!s) {
4665         /* push forward reference */
4666         s = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_EXTERN, 0);
4667         s->type.ref = type->ref;
4668         s->r = r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
4669     }
4670     return s;
4671 }
4672
4673 /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
4674 static Sym *external_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
4675 {
4676     Sym *s;
4677
4678     s = sym_find(v);
4679     if (!s) {
4680         /* push forward reference */
4681         s = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
4682         s->type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
4683     } else {
4684         if (!is_compatible_types(&s->type, type))
4685             error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
4686                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4687     }
4688     return s;
4689 }
4690
4691 /* push a reference to global symbol v */
4692 static void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v)
4693 {
4694     Sym *sym;
4695     CValue cval;
4696
4697     sym = external_global_sym(v, type, 0);
4698     cval.ul = 0;
4699     vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
4700     vtop->sym = sym;
4701 }
4702
4703 void vset(CType *type, int r, int v)
4704 {
4705     CValue cval;
4706
4707     cval.i = v;
4708     vsetc(type, r, &cval);
4709 }
4710
4711 void vseti(int r, int v)
4712 {
4713     CType type;
4714     type.t = VT_INT;
4715     vset(&type, r, v);
4716 }
4717
4718 void vswap(void)
4719 {
4720     SValue tmp;
4721
4722     tmp = vtop[0];
4723     vtop[0] = vtop[-1];
4724     vtop[-1] = tmp;
4725 }
4726
4727 void vpushv(SValue *v)
4728 {
4729     if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
4730         error("memory full");
4731     vtop++;
4732     *vtop = *v;
4733 }
4734
4735 void vdup(void)
4736 {
4737     vpushv(vtop);
4738 }
4739
4740 /* save r to the memory stack, and mark it as being free */
4741 void save_reg(int r)
4742 {
4743     int l, saved, size, align;
4744     SValue *p, sv;
4745     CType *type;
4746
4747     /* modify all stack values */
4748     saved = 0;
4749     l = 0;
4750     for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4751         if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4752             ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)) {
4753             /* must save value on stack if not already done */
4754             if (!saved) {
4755                 /* NOTE: must reload 'r' because r might be equal to r2 */
4756                 r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4757                 /* store register in the stack */
4758                 type = &p->type;
4759                 if ((p->r & VT_LVAL) ||
4760                     (!is_float(type->t) && (type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG))
4761                     type = &int_type;
4762                 size = type_size(type, &align);
4763                 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
4764                 sv.type.t = type->t;
4765                 sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
4766                 sv.c.ul = loc;
4767                 store(r, &sv);
4768 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
4769                 /* x86 specific: need to pop fp register ST0 if saved */
4770                 if (r == TREG_ST0) {
4771                     o(0xd9dd); /* fstp %st(1) */
4772                 }
4773 #endif
4774                 /* special long long case */
4775                 if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
4776                     sv.c.ul += 4;
4777                     store(p->r2, &sv);
4778                 }
4779                 l = loc;
4780                 saved = 1;
4781             }
4782             /* mark that stack entry as being saved on the stack */
4783             if (p->r & VT_LVAL) {
4784                 /* also clear the bounded flag because the
4785                    relocation address of the function was stored in
4786                    p->c.ul */
4787                 p->r = (p->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_BOUNDED)) | VT_LLOCAL;
4788             } else {
4789                 p->r = lvalue_type(p->type.t) | VT_LOCAL;
4790             }
4791             p->r2 = VT_CONST;
4792             p->c.ul = l;
4793         }
4794     }
4795 }
4796
4797 /* find a register of class 'rc2' with at most one reference on stack.
4798  * If none, call get_reg(rc) */
4799 int get_reg_ex(int rc, int rc2)
4800 {
4801     int r;
4802     SValue *p;
4803
4804     for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
4805         if (reg_classes[r] & rc2) {
4806             int n;
4807             n=0;
4808             for(p = vstack; p <= vtop; p++) {
4809                 if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4810                     (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
4811                     n++;
4812             }
4813             if (n <= 1)
4814                 return r;
4815         }
4816     }
4817     return get_reg(rc);
4818 }
4819
4820 /* find a free register of class 'rc'. If none, save one register */
4821 int get_reg(int rc)
4822 {
4823     int r;
4824     SValue *p;
4825
4826     /* find a free register */
4827     for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
4828         if (reg_classes[r] & rc) {
4829             for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4830                 if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4831                     (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
4832                     goto notfound;
4833             }
4834             return r;
4835         }
4836     notfound: ;
4837     }
4838
4839     /* no register left : free the first one on the stack (VERY
4840        IMPORTANT to start from the bottom to ensure that we don't
4841        spill registers used in gen_opi()) */
4842     for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4843         r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4844         if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc))
4845             goto save_found;
4846         /* also look at second register (if long long) */
4847         r = p->r2 & VT_VALMASK;
4848         if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc)) {
4849         save_found:
4850             save_reg(r);
4851             return r;
4852         }
4853     }
4854     /* Should never comes here */
4855     return -1;
4856 }
4857
4858 /* save registers up to (vtop - n) stack entry */
4859 void save_regs(int n)
4860 {
4861     int r;
4862     SValue *p, *p1;
4863     p1 = vtop - n;
4864     for(p = vstack;p <= p1; p++) {
4865         r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4866         if (r < VT_CONST) {
4867             save_reg(r);
4868         }
4869     }
4870 }
4871
4872 /* move register 's' to 'r', and flush previous value of r to memory
4873    if needed */
4874 void move_reg(int r, int s)
4875 {
4876     SValue sv;
4877
4878     if (r != s) {
4879         save_reg(r);
4880         sv.type.t = VT_INT;
4881         sv.r = s;
4882         sv.c.ul = 0;
4883         load(r, &sv);
4884     }
4885 }
4886
4887 /* get address of vtop (vtop MUST BE an lvalue) */
4888 void gaddrof(void)
4889 {
4890     vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL;
4891     /* tricky: if saved lvalue, then we can go back to lvalue */
4892     if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL)
4893         vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL_TYPE)) | VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
4894 }
4895
4896 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
4897 /* generate lvalue bound code */
4898 void gbound(void)
4899 {
4900     int lval_type;
4901     CType type1;
4902
4903     vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTBOUND;
4904     /* if lvalue, then use checking code before dereferencing */
4905     if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) {
4906         /* if not VT_BOUNDED value, then make one */
4907         if (!(vtop->r & VT_BOUNDED)) {
4908             lval_type = vtop->r & (VT_LVAL_TYPE | VT_LVAL);
4909             /* must save type because we must set it to int to get pointer */
4910             type1 = vtop->type;
4911             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
4912             gaddrof();
4913             vpushi(0);
4914             gen_bounded_ptr_add();
4915             vtop->r |= lval_type;
4916             vtop->type = type1;
4917         }
4918         /* then check for dereferencing */
4919         gen_bounded_ptr_deref();
4920     }
4921 }
4922 #endif
4923
4924 /* store vtop a register belonging to class 'rc'. lvalues are
4925    converted to values. Cannot be used if cannot be converted to
4926    register value (such as structures). */
4927 int gv(int rc)
4928 {
4929     int r, r2, rc2, bit_pos, bit_size, size, align, i;
4930     unsigned long long ll;
4931
4932     /* NOTE: get_reg can modify vstack[] */
4933     if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
4934         CType type;
4935         bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
4936         bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
4937         /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
4938         vtop->type.t &= ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
4939         /* cast to int to propagate signedness in following ops */
4940         type.t = VT_INT;
4941         if((vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED) ||
4942            (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BOOL)
4943             type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
4944         gen_cast(&type);
4945         /* generate shifts */
4946         vpushi(32 - (bit_pos + bit_size));
4947         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
4948         vpushi(32 - bit_size);
4949         /* NOTE: transformed to SHR if unsigned */
4950         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
4951         r = gv(rc);
4952     } else {
4953         if (is_float(vtop->type.t) &&
4954             (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
4955             Sym *sym;
4956             int *ptr;
4957             unsigned long offset;
4958 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
4959             CValue check;
4960 #endif
4961
4962             /* XXX: unify with initializers handling ? */
4963             /* CPUs usually cannot use float constants, so we store them
4964                generically in data segment */
4965             size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
4966             offset = (data_section->data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
4967             data_section->data_offset = offset;
4968             /* XXX: not portable yet */
4969 #ifdef __i386__
4970             /* Zero pad x87 tenbyte long doubles */
4971             if (size == 12)
4972                 vtop->c.tab[2] &= 0xffff;
4973 #endif
4974             ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, size);
4975             size = size >> 2;
4976 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
4977             check.d = 1;
4978             if(check.tab[0])
4979                 for(i=0;i<size;i++)
4980                     ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[size-1-i];
4981             else
4982 #endif
4983             for(i=0;i<size;i++)
4984                 ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[i];
4985             sym = get_sym_ref(&vtop->type, data_section, offset, size << 2);
4986             vtop->r |= VT_LVAL | VT_SYM;
4987             vtop->sym = sym;
4988             vtop->c.ul = 0;
4989         }
4990 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
4991         if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTBOUND)
4992             gbound();
4993 #endif
4994
4995         r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
4996         rc2 = RC_INT;
4997         if (rc == RC_IRET)
4998             rc2 = RC_LRET;
4999         /* need to reload if:
5000            - constant
5001            - lvalue (need to dereference pointer)
5002            - already a register, but not in the right class */
5003         if (r >= VT_CONST ||
5004             (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) ||
5005             !(reg_classes[r] & rc) ||
5006             ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG &&
5007              !(reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc2))) {
5008             r = get_reg(rc);
5009             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
5010                 /* two register type load : expand to two words
5011                    temporarily */
5012                 if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
5013                     /* load constant */
5014                     ll = vtop->c.ull;
5015                     vtop->c.ui = ll; /* first word */
5016                     load(r, vtop);
5017                     vtop->r = r; /* save register value */
5018                     vpushi(ll >> 32); /* second word */
5019                 } else if (r >= VT_CONST || /* XXX: test to VT_CONST incorrect ? */
5020                            (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
5021                     /* We do not want to modifier the long long
5022                        pointer here, so the safest (and less
5023                        efficient) is to save all the other registers
5024                        in the stack. XXX: totally inefficient. */
5025                     save_regs(1);
5026                     /* load from memory */
5027                     load(r, vtop);
5028                     vdup();
5029                     vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
5030                     /* increment pointer to get second word */
5031                     vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5032                     gaddrof();
5033                     vpushi(4);
5034                     gen_op('+');
5035                     vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
5036                 } else {
5037                     /* move registers */
5038                     load(r, vtop);
5039                     vdup();
5040                     vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
5041                     vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
5042                 }
5043                 /* allocate second register */
5044                 r2 = get_reg(rc2);
5045                 load(r2, vtop);
5046                 vpop();
5047                 /* write second register */
5048                 vtop->r2 = r2;
5049             } else if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
5050                 int t1, t;
5051                 /* lvalue of scalar type : need to use lvalue type
5052                    because of possible cast */
5053                 t = vtop->type.t;
5054                 t1 = t;
5055                 /* compute memory access type */
5056                 if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_BYTE)
5057                     t = VT_BYTE;
5058                 else if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_SHORT)
5059                     t = VT_SHORT;
5060                 if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
5061                     t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5062                 vtop->type.t = t;
5063                 load(r, vtop);
5064                 /* restore wanted type */
5065                 vtop->type.t = t1;
5066             } else {
5067                 /* one register type load */
5068                 load(r, vtop);
5069             }
5070         }
5071         vtop->r = r;
5072 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
5073         /* uses register pairs for doubles */
5074         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE)
5075             vtop->r2 = r+1;
5076 #endif
5077     }
5078     return r;
5079 }
5080
5081 /* generate vtop[-1] and vtop[0] in resp. classes rc1 and rc2 */
5082 void gv2(int rc1, int rc2)
5083 {
5084     int v;
5085
5086     /* generate more generic register first. But VT_JMP or VT_CMP
5087        values must be generated first in all cases to avoid possible
5088        reload errors */
5089     v = vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK;
5090     if (v != VT_CMP && (v & ~1) != VT_JMP && rc1 <= rc2) {
5091         vswap();
5092         gv(rc1);
5093         vswap();
5094         gv(rc2);
5095         /* test if reload is needed for first register */
5096         if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
5097             vswap();
5098             gv(rc1);
5099             vswap();
5100         }
5101     } else {
5102         gv(rc2);
5103         vswap();
5104         gv(rc1);
5105         vswap();
5106         /* test if reload is needed for first register */
5107         if ((vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
5108             gv(rc2);
5109         }
5110     }
5111 }
5112
5113 /* expand long long on stack in two int registers */
5114 void lexpand(void)
5115 {
5116     int u;
5117
5118     u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
5119     gv(RC_INT);
5120     vdup();
5121     vtop[0].r = vtop[-1].r2;
5122     vtop[0].r2 = VT_CONST;
5123     vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
5124     vtop[0].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5125     vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5126 }
5127
5128 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5129 /* expand long long on stack */
5130 void lexpand_nr(void)
5131 {
5132     int u,v;
5133
5134     u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
5135     vdup();
5136     vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
5137     vtop->type.t = VT_INT | u;
5138     v=vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL);
5139     if (v == VT_CONST) {
5140       vtop[-1].c.ui = vtop->c.ull;
5141       vtop->c.ui = vtop->c.ull >> 32;
5142       vtop->r = VT_CONST;
5143     } else if (v == (VT_LVAL|VT_CONST) || v == (VT_LVAL|VT_LOCAL)) {
5144       vtop->c.ui += 4;
5145       vtop->r = vtop[-1].r;
5146     } else if (v > VT_CONST) {
5147       vtop--;
5148       lexpand();
5149     } else
5150       vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
5151     vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
5152     vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5153 }
5154 #endif
5155
5156 /* build a long long from two ints */
5157 void lbuild(int t)
5158 {
5159     gv2(RC_INT, RC_INT);
5160     vtop[-1].r2 = vtop[0].r;
5161     vtop[-1].type.t = t;
5162     vpop();
5163 }
5164
5165 /* rotate n first stack elements to the bottom
5166    I1 ... In -> I2 ... In I1 [top is right]
5167 */
5168 void vrotb(int n)
5169 {
5170     int i;
5171     SValue tmp;
5172
5173     tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
5174     for(i=-n+1;i!=0;i++)
5175         vtop[i] = vtop[i+1];
5176     vtop[0] = tmp;
5177 }
5178
5179 /* rotate n first stack elements to the top
5180    I1 ... In -> In I1 ... I(n-1)  [top is right]
5181  */
5182 void vrott(int n)
5183 {
5184     int i;
5185     SValue tmp;
5186
5187     tmp = vtop[0];
5188     for(i = 0;i < n - 1; i++)
5189         vtop[-i] = vtop[-i - 1];
5190     vtop[-n + 1] = tmp;
5191 }
5192
5193 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5194 /* like vrott but in other direction
5195    In ... I1 -> I(n-1) ... I1 In  [top is right]
5196  */
5197 void vnrott(int n)
5198 {
5199     int i;
5200     SValue tmp;
5201
5202     tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
5203     for(i = n - 1; i > 0; i--)
5204         vtop[-i] = vtop[-i + 1];
5205     vtop[0] = tmp;
5206 }
5207 #endif
5208
5209 /* pop stack value */
5210 void vpop(void)
5211 {
5212     int v;
5213     v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
5214 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
5215     /* for x86, we need to pop the FP stack */
5216     if (v == TREG_ST0 && !nocode_wanted) {
5217         o(0xd9dd); /* fstp %st(1) */
5218     } else
5219 #endif
5220     if (v == VT_JMP || v == VT_JMPI) {
5221         /* need to put correct jump if && or || without test */
5222         gsym(vtop->c.ul);
5223     }
5224     vtop--;
5225 }
5226
5227 /* convert stack entry to register and duplicate its value in another
5228    register */
5229 void gv_dup(void)
5230 {
5231     int rc, t, r, r1;
5232     SValue sv;
5233
5234     t = vtop->type.t;
5235     if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
5236         lexpand();
5237         gv_dup();
5238         vswap();
5239         vrotb(3);
5240         gv_dup();
5241         vrotb(4);
5242         /* stack: H L L1 H1 */
5243         lbuild(t);
5244         vrotb(3);
5245         vrotb(3);
5246         vswap();
5247         lbuild(t);
5248         vswap();
5249     } else {
5250         /* duplicate value */
5251         rc = RC_INT;
5252         sv.type.t = VT_INT;
5253         if (is_float(t)) {
5254             rc = RC_FLOAT;
5255             sv.type.t = t;
5256         }
5257         r = gv(rc);
5258         r1 = get_reg(rc);
5259         sv.r = r;
5260         sv.c.ul = 0;
5261         load(r1, &sv); /* move r to r1 */
5262         vdup();
5263         /* duplicates value */
5264         vtop->r = r1;
5265     }
5266 }
5267
5268 /* generate CPU independent (unsigned) long long operations */
5269 void gen_opl(int op)
5270 {
5271     int t, a, b, op1, c, i;
5272     int func;
5273     unsigned short reg_iret = REG_IRET;
5274     unsigned short reg_lret = REG_LRET;
5275     SValue tmp;
5276
5277     switch(op) {
5278     case '/':
5279     case TOK_PDIV:
5280         func = TOK___divdi3;
5281         goto gen_func;
5282     case TOK_UDIV:
5283         func = TOK___udivdi3;
5284         goto gen_func;
5285     case '%':
5286         func = TOK___moddi3;
5287         goto gen_mod_func;
5288     case TOK_UMOD:
5289         func = TOK___umoddi3;
5290     gen_mod_func:
5291 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
5292         reg_iret = TREG_R2;
5293         reg_lret = TREG_R3;
5294 #endif
5295     gen_func:
5296         /* call generic long long function */
5297         vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, func);
5298         vrott(3);
5299         gfunc_call(2);
5300         vpushi(0);
5301         vtop->r = reg_iret;
5302         vtop->r2 = reg_lret;
5303         break;
5304     case '^':
5305     case '&':
5306     case '|':
5307     case '*':
5308     case '+':
5309     case '-':
5310         t = vtop->type.t;
5311         vswap();
5312         lexpand();
5313         vrotb(3);
5314         lexpand();
5315         /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
5316         tmp = vtop[0];
5317         vtop[0] = vtop[-3];
5318         vtop[-3] = tmp;
5319         tmp = vtop[-2];
5320         vtop[-2] = vtop[-3];
5321         vtop[-3] = tmp;
5322         vswap();
5323         /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 */
5324         if (op == '*') {
5325             vpushv(vtop - 1);
5326             vpushv(vtop - 1);
5327             gen_op(TOK_UMULL);
5328             lexpand();
5329             /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 ML MH */
5330             for(i=0;i<4;i++)
5331                 vrotb(6);
5332             /* stack: ML MH H1 H2 L1 L2 */
5333             tmp = vtop[0];
5334             vtop[0] = vtop[-2];
5335             vtop[-2] = tmp;
5336             /* stack: ML MH H1 L2 H2 L1 */
5337             gen_op('*');
5338             vrotb(3);
5339             vrotb(3);
5340             gen_op('*');
5341             /* stack: ML MH M1 M2 */
5342             gen_op('+');
5343             gen_op('+');
5344         } else if (op == '+' || op == '-') {
5345             /* XXX: add non carry method too (for MIPS or alpha) */
5346             if (op == '+')
5347                 op1 = TOK_ADDC1;
5348             else
5349                 op1 = TOK_SUBC1;
5350             gen_op(op1);
5351             /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
5352             vrotb(3);
5353             vrotb(3);
5354             gen_op(op1 + 1); /* TOK_xxxC2 */
5355         } else {
5356             gen_op(op);
5357             /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
5358             vrotb(3);
5359             vrotb(3);
5360             /* stack: (L1 op L2) H1 H2 */
5361             gen_op(op);
5362             /* stack: (L1 op L2) (H1 op H2) */
5363         }
5364         /* stack: L H */
5365         lbuild(t);
5366         break;
5367     case TOK_SAR:
5368     case TOK_SHR:
5369     case TOK_SHL:
5370         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
5371             t = vtop[-1].type.t;
5372             vswap();
5373             lexpand();
5374             vrotb(3);
5375             /* stack: L H shift */
5376             c = (int)vtop->c.i;
5377             /* constant: simpler */
5378             /* NOTE: all comments are for SHL. the other cases are
5379                done by swaping words */
5380             vpop();
5381             if (op != TOK_SHL)
5382                 vswap();
5383             if (c >= 32) {
5384                 /* stack: L H */
5385                 vpop();
5386                 if (c > 32) {
5387                     vpushi(c - 32);
5388                     gen_op(op);
5389                 }
5390                 if (op != TOK_SAR) {
5391                     vpushi(0);
5392                 } else {
5393                     gv_dup();
5394                     vpushi(31);
5395                     gen_op(TOK_SAR);
5396                 }
5397                 vswap();
5398             } else {
5399                 vswap();
5400                 gv_dup();
5401                 /* stack: H L L */
5402                 vpushi(c);
5403                 gen_op(op);
5404                 vswap();
5405                 vpushi(32 - c);
5406                 if (op == TOK_SHL)
5407                     gen_op(TOK_SHR);
5408                 else
5409                     gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5410                 vrotb(3);
5411                 /* stack: L L H */
5412                 vpushi(c);
5413                 if (op == TOK_SHL)
5414                     gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5415                 else
5416                     gen_op(TOK_SHR);
5417                 gen_op('|');
5418             }
5419             if (op != TOK_SHL)
5420                 vswap();
5421             lbuild(t);
5422         } else {
5423             /* XXX: should provide a faster fallback on x86 ? */
5424             switch(op) {
5425             case TOK_SAR:
5426                 func = TOK___ashrdi3;
5427                 goto gen_func;
5428             case TOK_SHR:
5429                 func = TOK___lshrdi3;
5430                 goto gen_func;
5431             case TOK_SHL:
5432                 func = TOK___ashldi3;
5433                 goto gen_func;
5434             }
5435         }
5436         break;
5437     default:
5438         /* compare operations */
5439         t = vtop->type.t;
5440         vswap();
5441         lexpand();
5442         vrotb(3);
5443         lexpand();
5444         /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
5445         tmp = vtop[-1];
5446         vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
5447         vtop[-2] = tmp;
5448         /* stack: L1 L2 H1 H2 */
5449         /* compare high */
5450         op1 = op;
5451         /* when values are equal, we need to compare low words. since
5452            the jump is inverted, we invert the test too. */
5453         if (op1 == TOK_LT)
5454             op1 = TOK_LE;
5455         else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
5456             op1 = TOK_GE;
5457         else if (op1 == TOK_ULT)
5458             op1 = TOK_ULE;
5459         else if (op1 == TOK_UGT)
5460             op1 = TOK_UGE;
5461         a = 0;
5462         b = 0;
5463         gen_op(op1);
5464         if (op1 != TOK_NE) {
5465             a = gtst(1, 0);
5466         }
5467         if (op != TOK_EQ) {
5468             /* generate non equal test */
5469             /* XXX: NOT PORTABLE yet */
5470             if (a == 0) {
5471                 b = gtst(0, 0);
5472             } else {
5473 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386)
5474                 b = psym(0x850f, 0);
5475 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
5476                 b = ind;
5477                 o(0x1A000000 | encbranch(ind, 0, 1));
5478 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
5479                 error("not implemented");
5480 #else
5481 #error not supported
5482 #endif
5483             }
5484         }
5485         /* compare low. Always unsigned */
5486         op1 = op;
5487         if (op1 == TOK_LT)
5488             op1 = TOK_ULT;
5489         else if (op1 == TOK_LE)
5490             op1 = TOK_ULE;
5491         else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
5492             op1 = TOK_UGT;
5493         else if (op1 == TOK_GE)
5494             op1 = TOK_UGE;
5495         gen_op(op1);
5496         a = gtst(1, a);
5497         gsym(b);
5498         vseti(VT_JMPI, a);
5499         break;
5500     }
5501 }
5502
5503 /* handle integer constant optimizations and various machine
5504    independent opt */
5505 void gen_opic(int op)
5506 {
5507     int c1, c2, t1, t2, n;
5508     SValue *v1, *v2;
5509     long long l1, l2;
5510     typedef unsigned long long U;
5511
5512     v1 = vtop - 1;
5513     v2 = vtop;
5514     t1 = v1->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5515     t2 = v2->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5516     l1 = (t1 == VT_LLONG) ? v1->c.ll : v1->c.i;
5517     l2 = (t2 == VT_LLONG) ? v2->c.ll : v2->c.i;
5518
5519     /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
5520     c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5521     c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5522     if (c1 && c2) {
5523         switch(op) {
5524         case '+': l1 += l2; break;
5525         case '-': l1 -= l2; break;
5526         case '&': l1 &= l2; break;
5527         case '^': l1 ^= l2; break;
5528         case '|': l1 |= l2; break;
5529         case '*': l1 *= l2; break;
5530
5531         case TOK_PDIV:
5532         case '/':
5533         case '%':
5534         case TOK_UDIV:
5535         case TOK_UMOD:
5536             /* if division by zero, generate explicit division */
5537             if (l2 == 0) {
5538                 if (const_wanted)
5539                     error("division by zero in constant");
5540                 goto general_case;
5541             }
5542             switch(op) {
5543             default: l1 /= l2; break;
5544             case '%': l1 %= l2; break;
5545             case TOK_UDIV: l1 = (U)l1 / l2; break;
5546             case TOK_UMOD: l1 = (U)l1 % l2; break;
5547             }
5548             break;
5549         case TOK_SHL: l1 <<= l2; break;
5550         case TOK_SHR: l1 = (U)l1 >> l2; break;
5551         case TOK_SAR: l1 >>= l2; break;
5552             /* tests */
5553         case TOK_ULT: l1 = (U)l1 < (U)l2; break;
5554         case TOK_UGE: l1 = (U)l1 >= (U)l2; break;
5555         case TOK_EQ: l1 = l1 == l2; break;
5556         case TOK_NE: l1 = l1 != l2; break;
5557         case TOK_ULE: l1 = (U)l1 <= (U)l2; break;
5558         case TOK_UGT: l1 = (U)l1 > (U)l2; break;
5559         case TOK_LT: l1 = l1 < l2; break;
5560         case TOK_GE: l1 = l1 >= l2; break;
5561         case TOK_LE: l1 = l1 <= l2; break;
5562         case TOK_GT: l1 = l1 > l2; break;
5563             /* logical */
5564         case TOK_LAND: l1 = l1 && l2; break;
5565         case TOK_LOR: l1 = l1 || l2; break;
5566         default:
5567             goto general_case;
5568         }
5569         v1->c.ll = l1;
5570         vtop--;
5571     } else {
5572         /* if commutative ops, put c2 as constant */
5573         if (c1 && (op == '+' || op == '&' || op == '^' ||
5574                    op == '|' || op == '*')) {
5575             vswap();
5576             c2 = c1; //c = c1, c1 = c2, c2 = c;
5577             l2 = l1; //l = l1, l1 = l2, l2 = l;
5578         }
5579         /* Filter out NOP operations like x*1, x-0, x&-1... */
5580         if (c2 && (((op == '*' || op == '/' || op == TOK_UDIV ||
5581                      op == TOK_PDIV) &&
5582                     l2 == 1) ||
5583                    ((op == '+' || op == '-' || op == '|' || op == '^' ||
5584                      op == TOK_SHL || op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR) &&
5585                     l2 == 0) ||
5586                    (op == '&' &&
5587                     l2 == -1))) {
5588             /* nothing to do */
5589             vtop--;
5590         } else if (c2 && (op == '*' || op == TOK_PDIV || op == TOK_UDIV)) {
5591             /* try to use shifts instead of muls or divs */
5592             if (l2 > 0 && (l2 & (l2 - 1)) == 0) {
5593                 n = -1;
5594                 while (l2) {
5595                     l2 >>= 1;
5596                     n++;
5597                 }
5598                 vtop->c.ll = n;
5599                 if (op == '*')
5600                     op = TOK_SHL;
5601                 else if (op == TOK_PDIV)
5602                     op = TOK_SAR;
5603                 else
5604                     op = TOK_SHR;
5605             }
5606             goto general_case;
5607         } else if (c2 && (op == '+' || op == '-') &&
5608                    ((vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) ==
5609                    (VT_CONST | VT_SYM) ||
5610                    (vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_LOCAL)) {
5611             /* symbol + constant case */
5612             if (op == '-')
5613                 l2 = -l2;
5614             vtop--;
5615             vtop->c.ll += l2;
5616         } else {
5617         general_case:
5618             if (!nocode_wanted) {
5619                 /* call low level op generator */
5620                 if (t1 == VT_LLONG || t2 == VT_LLONG)
5621                     gen_opl(op);
5622                 else
5623                     gen_opi(op);
5624             } else {
5625                 vtop--;
5626             }
5627         }
5628     }
5629 }
5630
5631 /* generate a floating point operation with constant propagation */
5632 void gen_opif(int op)
5633 {
5634     int c1, c2;
5635     SValue *v1, *v2;
5636     long double f1, f2;
5637
5638     v1 = vtop - 1;
5639     v2 = vtop;
5640     /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
5641     c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5642     c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5643     if (c1 && c2) {
5644         if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
5645             f1 = v1->c.f;
5646             f2 = v2->c.f;
5647         } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
5648             f1 = v1->c.d;
5649             f2 = v2->c.d;
5650         } else {
5651             f1 = v1->c.ld;
5652             f2 = v2->c.ld;
5653         }
5654
5655         /* NOTE: we only do constant propagation if finite number (not
5656            NaN or infinity) (ANSI spec) */
5657         if (!ieee_finite(f1) || !ieee_finite(f2))
5658             goto general_case;
5659
5660         switch(op) {
5661         case '+': f1 += f2; break;
5662         case '-': f1 -= f2; break;
5663         case '*': f1 *= f2; break;
5664         case '/':
5665             if (f2 == 0.0) {
5666                 if (const_wanted)
5667                     error("division by zero in constant");
5668                 goto general_case;
5669             }
5670             f1 /= f2;
5671             break;
5672             /* XXX: also handles tests ? */
5673         default:
5674             goto general_case;
5675         }
5676         /* XXX: overflow test ? */
5677         if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
5678             v1->c.f = f1;
5679         } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
5680             v1->c.d = f1;
5681         } else {
5682             v1->c.ld = f1;
5683         }
5684         vtop--;
5685     } else {
5686     general_case:
5687         if (!nocode_wanted) {
5688             gen_opf(op);
5689         } else {
5690             vtop--;
5691         }
5692     }
5693 }
5694
5695 static int pointed_size(CType *type)
5696 {
5697     int align;
5698     return type_size(pointed_type(type), &align);
5699 }
5700
5701 static inline int is_null_pointer(SValue *p)
5702 {
5703     if ((p->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
5704         return 0;
5705     return ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT && p->c.i == 0) ||
5706         ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && p->c.ll == 0);
5707 }
5708
5709 static inline int is_integer_btype(int bt)
5710 {
5711     return (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_SHORT ||
5712             bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_LLONG);
5713 }
5714
5715 /* check types for comparison or substraction of pointers */
5716 static void check_comparison_pointer_types(SValue *p1, SValue *p2, int op)
5717 {
5718     CType *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
5719     int bt1, bt2;
5720
5721     /* null pointers are accepted for all comparisons as gcc */
5722     if (is_null_pointer(p1) || is_null_pointer(p2))
5723         return;
5724     type1 = &p1->type;
5725     type2 = &p2->type;
5726     bt1 = type1->t & VT_BTYPE;
5727     bt2 = type2->t & VT_BTYPE;
5728     /* accept comparison between pointer and integer with a warning */
5729     if ((is_integer_btype(bt1) || is_integer_btype(bt2)) && op != '-') {
5730         if (op != TOK_LOR && op != TOK_LAND )
5731             warning("comparison between pointer and integer");
5732         return;
5733     }
5734
5735     /* both must be pointers or implicit function pointers */
5736     if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
5737         type1 = pointed_type(type1);
5738     } else if (bt1 != VT_FUNC)
5739         goto invalid_operands;
5740
5741     if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5742         type2 = pointed_type(type2);
5743     } else if (bt2 != VT_FUNC) {
5744     invalid_operands:
5745         error("invalid operands to binary %s", get_tok_str(op, NULL));
5746     }
5747     if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
5748         (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
5749         return;
5750     tmp_type1 = *type1;
5751     tmp_type2 = *type2;
5752     tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
5753     tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
5754     if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
5755         /* gcc-like error if '-' is used */
5756         if (op == '-')
5757             goto invalid_operands;
5758         else
5759             warning("comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast");
5760     }
5761 }
5762
5763 /* generic gen_op: handles types problems */
5764 void gen_op(int op)
5765 {
5766     int u, t1, t2, bt1, bt2, t;
5767     CType type1;
5768
5769     t1 = vtop[-1].type.t;
5770     t2 = vtop[0].type.t;
5771     bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
5772     bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
5773
5774     if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5775         /* at least one operand is a pointer */
5776         /* relationnal op: must be both pointers */
5777         if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_LOR) {
5778             check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
5779             /* pointers are handled are unsigned */
5780             t = VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED;
5781             goto std_op;
5782         }
5783         /* if both pointers, then it must be the '-' op */
5784         if (bt1 == VT_PTR && bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5785             if (op != '-')
5786                 error("cannot use pointers here");
5787             check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
5788             /* XXX: check that types are compatible */
5789             u = pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
5790             gen_opic(op);
5791             /* set to integer type */
5792             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5793             vpushi(u);
5794             gen_op(TOK_PDIV);
5795         } else {
5796             /* exactly one pointer : must be '+' or '-'. */
5797             if (op != '-' && op != '+')
5798                 error("cannot use pointers here");
5799             /* Put pointer as first operand */
5800             if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5801                 vswap();
5802                 swap(&t1, &t2);
5803             }
5804             type1 = vtop[-1].type;
5805             /* XXX: cast to int ? (long long case) */
5806             vpushi(pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type));
5807             gen_op('*');
5808 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
5809             /* if evaluating constant expression, no code should be
5810                generated, so no bound check */
5811             if (do_bounds_check && !const_wanted) {
5812                 /* if bounded pointers, we generate a special code to
5813                    test bounds */
5814                 if (op == '-') {
5815                     vpushi(0);
5816                     vswap();
5817                     gen_op('-');
5818                 }
5819                 gen_bounded_ptr_add();
5820             } else
5821 #endif
5822             {
5823                 gen_opic(op);
5824             }
5825             /* put again type if gen_opic() swaped operands */
5826             vtop->type = type1;
5827         }
5828     } else if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
5829         /* compute bigger type and do implicit casts */
5830         if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
5831             t = VT_LDOUBLE;
5832         } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
5833             t = VT_DOUBLE;
5834         } else {
5835             t = VT_FLOAT;
5836         }
5837         /* floats can only be used for a few operations */
5838         if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '*' && op != '/' &&
5839             (op < TOK_ULT || op > TOK_GT))
5840             error("invalid operands for binary operation");
5841         goto std_op;
5842     } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
5843         /* cast to biggest op */
5844         t = VT_LLONG;
5845         /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
5846         if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
5847             (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
5848             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5849         goto std_op;
5850     } else {
5851         /* integer operations */
5852         t = VT_INT;
5853         /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
5854         if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
5855             (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
5856             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5857     std_op:
5858         /* XXX: currently, some unsigned operations are explicit, so
5859            we modify them here */
5860         if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
5861             if (op == TOK_SAR)
5862                 op = TOK_SHR;
5863             else if (op == '/')
5864                 op = TOK_UDIV;
5865             else if (op == '%')
5866                 op = TOK_UMOD;
5867             else if (op == TOK_LT)
5868                 op = TOK_ULT;
5869             else if (op == TOK_GT)
5870                 op = TOK_UGT;
5871             else if (op == TOK_LE)
5872                 op = TOK_ULE;
5873             else if (op == TOK_GE)
5874                 op = TOK_UGE;
5875         }
5876         vswap();
5877         type1.t = t;
5878         gen_cast(&type1);
5879         vswap();
5880         /* special case for shifts and long long: we keep the shift as
5881            an integer */
5882         if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL)
5883             type1.t = VT_INT;
5884         gen_cast(&type1);
5885         if (is_float(t))
5886             gen_opif(op);
5887         else
5888             gen_opic(op);
5889         if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_GT) {
5890             /* relationnal op: the result is an int */
5891             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5892         } else {
5893             vtop->type.t = t;
5894         }
5895     }
5896 }
5897
5898 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5899 /* generic itof for unsigned long long case */
5900 void gen_cvt_itof1(int t)
5901 {
5902     if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) ==
5903         (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
5904
5905         if (t == VT_FLOAT)
5906             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundisf);
5907 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
5908         else if (t == VT_LDOUBLE)
5909             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundixf);
5910 #endif
5911         else
5912             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundidf);
5913         vrott(2);
5914         gfunc_call(1);
5915         vpushi(0);
5916         vtop->r = REG_FRET;
5917     } else {
5918         gen_cvt_itof(t);
5919     }
5920 }
5921 #endif
5922
5923 /* generic ftoi for unsigned long long case */
5924 void gen_cvt_ftoi1(int t)
5925 {
5926     int st;
5927
5928     if (t == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
5929         /* not handled natively */
5930         st = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5931         if (st == VT_FLOAT)
5932             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunssfdi);
5933 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
5934         else if (st == VT_LDOUBLE)
5935             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsxfdi);
5936 #endif
5937         else
5938             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsdfdi);
5939         vrott(2);
5940         gfunc_call(1);
5941         vpushi(0);
5942         vtop->r = REG_IRET;
5943         vtop->r2 = REG_LRET;
5944     } else {
5945         gen_cvt_ftoi(t);
5946     }
5947 }
5948
5949 /* force char or short cast */
5950 void force_charshort_cast(int t)
5951 {
5952     int bits, dbt;
5953     dbt = t & VT_BTYPE;
5954     /* XXX: add optimization if lvalue : just change type and offset */
5955     if (dbt == VT_BYTE)
5956         bits = 8;
5957     else
5958         bits = 16;
5959     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
5960         vpushi((1 << bits) - 1);
5961         gen_op('&');
5962     } else {
5963         bits = 32 - bits;
5964         vpushi(bits);
5965         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5966         /* result must be signed or the SAR is converted to an SHL
5967            This was not the case when "t" was a signed short
5968            and the last value on the stack was an unsigned int */
5969         vtop->type.t &= ~VT_UNSIGNED;
5970         vpushi(bits);
5971         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
5972     }
5973 }
5974
5975 /* cast 'vtop' to 'type'. Casting to bitfields is forbidden. */
5976 static void gen_cast(CType *type)
5977 {
5978     int sbt, dbt, sf, df, c, p;
5979
5980     /* special delayed cast for char/short */
5981     /* XXX: in some cases (multiple cascaded casts), it may still
5982        be incorrect */
5983     if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTCAST) {
5984         vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTCAST;
5985         force_charshort_cast(vtop->type.t);
5986     }
5987
5988     /* bitfields first get cast to ints */
5989     if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
5990         gv(RC_INT);
5991     }
5992
5993     dbt = type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
5994     sbt = vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
5995
5996     if (sbt != dbt) {
5997         sf = is_float(sbt);
5998         df = is_float(dbt);
5999         c = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
6000         p = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == (VT_CONST | VT_SYM);
6001         if (c) {
6002             /* constant case: we can do it now */
6003             /* XXX: in ISOC, cannot do it if error in convert */
6004             if (sbt == VT_FLOAT)
6005                 vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.f;
6006             else if (sbt == VT_DOUBLE)
6007                 vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.d;
6008
6009             if (df) {
6010                 if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
6011                     if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
6012                         vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.ull;
6013                     else
6014                         vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.ll;
6015                 } else if(!sf) {
6016                     if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
6017                         vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.ui;
6018                     else
6019                         vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.i;
6020                 }
6021
6022                 if (dbt == VT_FLOAT)
6023                     vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.ld;
6024                 else if (dbt == VT_DOUBLE)
6025                     vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.ld;
6026             } else if (sf && dbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED)) {
6027                 vtop->c.ull = (unsigned long long)vtop->c.ld;
6028             } else if (sf && dbt == VT_BOOL) {
6029                 vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.ld != 0);
6030             } else {
6031                 if(sf)
6032                     vtop->c.ll = (long long)vtop->c.ld;
6033                 else if (sbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED))
6034                     vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.ull;
6035                 else if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
6036                     vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.ui;
6037                 else if (sbt != VT_LLONG)
6038                     vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.i;
6039
6040                 if (dbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED))
6041                     vtop->c.ull = vtop->c.ll;
6042                 else if (dbt == VT_BOOL)
6043                     vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.ll != 0);
6044                 else if (dbt != VT_LLONG) {
6045                     int s = 0;
6046                     if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)
6047                         s = 24;
6048                     else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT)
6049                         s = 16;
6050
6051                     if(dbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
6052                         vtop->c.ui = ((unsigned int)vtop->c.ll << s) >> s;
6053                     else
6054                         vtop->c.i = ((int)vtop->c.ll << s) >> s;
6055                 }
6056             }
6057         } else if (p && dbt == VT_BOOL) {
6058             vtop->r = VT_CONST;
6059             vtop->c.i = 1;
6060         } else if (!nocode_wanted) {
6061             /* non constant case: generate code */
6062             if (sf && df) {
6063                 /* convert from fp to fp */
6064                 gen_cvt_ftof(dbt);
6065             } else if (df) {
6066                 /* convert int to fp */
6067                 gen_cvt_itof1(dbt);
6068             } else if (sf) {
6069                 /* convert fp to int */
6070                 if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
6071                      vpushi(0);
6072                      gen_op(TOK_NE);
6073                 } else {
6074                     /* we handle char/short/etc... with generic code */
6075                     if (dbt != (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
6076                         dbt != (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
6077                         dbt != VT_LLONG)
6078                         dbt = VT_INT;
6079                     gen_cvt_ftoi1(dbt);
6080                     if (dbt == VT_INT && (type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) != dbt) {
6081                         /* additional cast for char/short... */
6082                         vtop->type.t = dbt;
6083                         gen_cast(type);
6084                     }
6085                 }
6086             } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
6087                 if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG) {
6088                     /* scalar to long long */
6089                     /* machine independent conversion */
6090                     gv(RC_INT);
6091                     /* generate high word */
6092                     if (sbt == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
6093                         vpushi(0);
6094                         gv(RC_INT);
6095                     } else {
6096                         gv_dup();
6097                         vpushi(31);
6098                         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
6099                     }
6100                     /* patch second register */
6101                     vtop[-1].r2 = vtop->r;
6102                     vpop();
6103                 }
6104             } else if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
6105                 /* scalar to bool */
6106                 vpushi(0);
6107                 gen_op(TOK_NE);
6108             } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE ||
6109                        (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT) {
6110                 if (sbt == VT_PTR) {
6111                     vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6112                     warning("nonportable conversion from pointer to char/short");
6113                 }
6114                 force_charshort_cast(dbt);
6115             } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT) {
6116                 /* scalar to int */
6117                 if (sbt == VT_LLONG) {
6118                     /* from long long: just take low order word */
6119                     lexpand();
6120                     vpop();
6121                 }
6122                 /* if lvalue and single word type, nothing to do because
6123                    the lvalue already contains the real type size (see
6124                    VT_LVAL_xxx constants) */
6125             }
6126         }
6127     } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR && !(vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
6128         /* if we are casting between pointer types,
6129            we must update the VT_LVAL_xxx size */
6130         vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~VT_LVAL_TYPE)
6131                   | (lvalue_type(type->ref->type.t) & VT_LVAL_TYPE);
6132     }
6133     vtop->type = *type;
6134 }
6135
6136 /* return type size. Put alignment at 'a' */
6137 static int type_size(CType *type, int *a)
6138 {
6139     Sym *s;
6140     int bt;
6141
6142     bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
6143     if (bt == VT_STRUCT) {
6144         /* struct/union */
6145         s = type->ref;
6146         *a = s->r;
6147         return s->c;
6148     } else if (bt == VT_PTR) {
6149         if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
6150             s = type->ref;
6151             return type_size(&s->type, a) * s->c;
6152         } else {
6153             *a = PTR_SIZE;
6154             return PTR_SIZE;
6155         }
6156     } else if (bt == VT_LDOUBLE) {
6157         *a = LDOUBLE_ALIGN;
6158         return LDOUBLE_SIZE;
6159     } else if (bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_LLONG) {
6160 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
6161         *a = 4;
6162 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
6163 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
6164         *a = 8;
6165 #else
6166         *a = 4;
6167 #endif
6168 #else
6169         *a = 8;
6170 #endif
6171         return 8;
6172     } else if (bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_ENUM || bt == VT_FLOAT) {
6173         *a = 4;
6174         return 4;
6175     } else if (bt == VT_SHORT) {
6176         *a = 2;
6177         return 2;
6178     } else {
6179         /* char, void, function, _Bool */
6180         *a = 1;
6181         return 1;
6182     }
6183 }
6184
6185 /* return the pointed type of t */
6186 static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type)
6187 {
6188     return &type->ref->type;
6189 }
6190
6191 /* modify type so that its it is a pointer to type. */
6192 static void mk_pointer(CType *type)
6193 {
6194     Sym *s;
6195     s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, -1);
6196     type->t = VT_PTR | (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
6197     type->ref = s;
6198 }
6199
6200 /* compare function types. OLD functions match any new functions */
6201 static int is_compatible_func(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6202 {
6203     Sym *s1, *s2;
6204
6205     s1 = type1->ref;
6206     s2 = type2->ref;
6207     if (!is_compatible_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
6208         return 0;
6209     /* check func_call */
6210     if (FUNC_CALL(s1->r) != FUNC_CALL(s2->r))
6211         return 0;
6212     /* XXX: not complete */
6213     if (s1->c == FUNC_OLD || s2->c == FUNC_OLD)
6214         return 1;
6215     if (s1->c != s2->c)
6216         return 0;
6217     while (s1 != NULL) {
6218         if (s2 == NULL)
6219             return 0;
6220         if (!is_compatible_parameter_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
6221             return 0;
6222         s1 = s1->next;
6223         s2 = s2->next;
6224     }
6225     if (s2)
6226         return 0;
6227     return 1;
6228 }
6229
6230 /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same.  If unqualified is
6231    true, qualifiers on the types are ignored.
6232
6233    - enums are not checked as gcc __builtin_types_compatible_p ()
6234  */
6235 static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified)
6236 {
6237     int bt1, t1, t2;
6238
6239     t1 = type1->t & VT_TYPE;
6240     t2 = type2->t & VT_TYPE;
6241     if (unqualified) {
6242         /* strip qualifiers before comparing */
6243         t1 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6244         t2 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6245     }
6246     /* XXX: bitfields ? */
6247     if (t1 != t2)
6248         return 0;
6249     /* test more complicated cases */
6250     bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
6251     if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
6252         type1 = pointed_type(type1);
6253         type2 = pointed_type(type2);
6254         return is_compatible_types(type1, type2);
6255     } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT) {
6256         return (type1->ref == type2->ref);
6257     } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC) {
6258         return is_compatible_func(type1, type2);
6259     } else {
6260         return 1;
6261     }
6262 }
6263
6264 /* return true if type1 and type2 are exactly the same (including
6265    qualifiers).
6266 */
6267 static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6268 {
6269     return compare_types(type1,type2,0);
6270 }
6271
6272 /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same (ignoring qualifiers).
6273 */
6274 static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6275 {
6276     return compare_types(type1,type2,1);
6277 }
6278
6279 /* print a type. If 'varstr' is not NULL, then the variable is also
6280    printed in the type */
6281 /* XXX: union */
6282 /* XXX: add array and function pointers */
6283 void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
6284                  CType *type, const char *varstr)
6285 {
6286     int bt, v, t;
6287     Sym *s, *sa;
6288     char buf1[256];
6289     const char *tstr;
6290
6291     t = type->t & VT_TYPE;
6292     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
6293     buf[0] = '\0';
6294     if (t & VT_CONSTANT)
6295         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "const ");
6296     if (t & VT_VOLATILE)
6297         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "volatile ");
6298     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
6299         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "unsigned ");
6300     switch(bt) {
6301     case VT_VOID:
6302         tstr = "void";
6303         goto add_tstr;
6304     case VT_BOOL:
6305         tstr = "_Bool";
6306         goto add_tstr;
6307     case VT_BYTE:
6308         tstr = "char";
6309         goto add_tstr;
6310     case VT_SHORT:
6311         tstr = "short";
6312         goto add_tstr;
6313     case VT_INT:
6314         tstr = "int";
6315         goto add_tstr;
6316     case VT_LONG:
6317         tstr = "long";
6318         goto add_tstr;
6319     case VT_LLONG:
6320         tstr = "long long";
6321         goto add_tstr;
6322     case VT_FLOAT:
6323         tstr = "float";
6324         goto add_tstr;
6325     case VT_DOUBLE:
6326         tstr = "double";
6327         goto add_tstr;
6328     case VT_LDOUBLE:
6329         tstr = "long double";
6330     add_tstr:
6331         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
6332         break;
6333     case VT_ENUM:
6334     case VT_STRUCT:
6335         if (bt == VT_STRUCT)
6336             tstr = "struct ";
6337         else
6338             tstr = "enum ";
6339         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
6340         v = type->ref->v & ~SYM_STRUCT;
6341         if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
6342             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "<anonymous>");
6343         else
6344             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6345         break;
6346     case VT_FUNC:
6347         s = type->ref;
6348         type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, varstr);
6349         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "(");
6350         sa = s->next;
6351         while (sa != NULL) {
6352             type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), &sa->type, NULL);
6353             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, buf1);
6354             sa = sa->next;
6355             if (sa)
6356                 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ", ");
6357         }
6358         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ")");
6359         goto no_var;
6360     case VT_PTR:
6361         s = type->ref;
6362         pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "*");
6363         if (varstr)
6364             pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), varstr);
6365         type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
6366         goto no_var;
6367     }
6368     if (varstr) {
6369         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, " ");
6370         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, varstr);
6371     }
6372  no_var: ;
6373 }
6374
6375 /* verify type compatibility to store vtop in 'dt' type, and generate
6376    casts if needed. */
6377 static void gen_assign_cast(CType *dt)
6378 {
6379     CType *st, *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
6380     char buf1[256], buf2[256];
6381     int dbt, sbt;
6382
6383     st = &vtop->type; /* source type */
6384     dbt = dt->t & VT_BTYPE;
6385     sbt = st->t & VT_BTYPE;
6386     if (dt->t & VT_CONSTANT)
6387         warning("assignment of read-only location");
6388     switch(dbt) {
6389     case VT_PTR:
6390         /* special cases for pointers */
6391         /* '0' can also be a pointer */
6392         if (is_null_pointer(vtop))
6393             goto type_ok;
6394         /* accept implicit pointer to integer cast with warning */
6395         if (is_integer_btype(sbt)) {
6396             warning("assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast");
6397             goto type_ok;
6398         }
6399         type1 = pointed_type(dt);
6400         /* a function is implicitely a function pointer */
6401         if (sbt == VT_FUNC) {
6402             if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_VOID &&
6403                 !is_compatible_types(pointed_type(dt), st))
6404                 goto error;
6405             else
6406                 goto type_ok;
6407         }
6408         if (sbt != VT_PTR)
6409             goto error;
6410         type2 = pointed_type(st);
6411         if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
6412             (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID) {
6413             /* void * can match anything */
6414         } else {
6415             /* exact type match, except for unsigned */
6416             tmp_type1 = *type1;
6417             tmp_type2 = *type2;
6418             tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6419             tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6420             if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2))
6421                 warning("assignment from incompatible pointer type");
6422         }
6423         /* check const and volatile */
6424         if ((!(type1->t & VT_CONSTANT) && (type2->t & VT_CONSTANT)) ||
6425             (!(type1->t & VT_VOLATILE) && (type2->t & VT_VOLATILE)))
6426             warning("assignment discards qualifiers from pointer target type");
6427         break;
6428     case VT_BYTE:
6429     case VT_SHORT:
6430     case VT_INT:
6431     case VT_LLONG:
6432         if (sbt == VT_PTR || sbt == VT_FUNC) {
6433             warning("assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast");
6434         }
6435         /* XXX: more tests */
6436         break;
6437     case VT_STRUCT:
6438         tmp_type1 = *dt;
6439         tmp_type2 = *st;
6440         tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6441         tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6442         if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
6443         error:
6444             type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), st, NULL);
6445             type_to_str(buf2, sizeof(buf2), dt, NULL);
6446             error("cannot cast '%s' to '%s'", buf1, buf2);
6447         }
6448         break;
6449     }
6450  type_ok:
6451     gen_cast(dt);
6452 }
6453
6454 /* store vtop in lvalue pushed on stack */
6455 void vstore(void)
6456 {
6457     int sbt, dbt, ft, r, t, size, align, bit_size, bit_pos, rc, delayed_cast;
6458
6459     ft = vtop[-1].type.t;
6460     sbt = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
6461     dbt = ft & VT_BTYPE;
6462     if (((sbt == VT_INT || sbt == VT_SHORT) && dbt == VT_BYTE) ||
6463         (sbt == VT_INT && dbt == VT_SHORT)) {
6464         /* optimize char/short casts */
6465         delayed_cast = VT_MUSTCAST;
6466         vtop->type.t = ft & (VT_TYPE & ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT)));
6467         /* XXX: factorize */
6468         if (ft & VT_CONSTANT)
6469             warning("assignment of read-only location");
6470     } else {
6471         delayed_cast = 0;
6472         if (!(ft & VT_BITFIELD))
6473             gen_assign_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
6474     }
6475
6476     if (sbt == VT_STRUCT) {
6477         /* if structure, only generate pointer */
6478         /* structure assignment : generate memcpy */
6479         /* XXX: optimize if small size */
6480         if (!nocode_wanted) {
6481             size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
6482
6483 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
6484             if(!(align & 7))
6485                 vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy8);
6486             else if(!(align & 3))
6487                 vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy4);
6488             else
6489 #endif
6490             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy);
6491
6492             /* destination */
6493             vpushv(vtop - 2);
6494             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6495             gaddrof();
6496             /* source */
6497             vpushv(vtop - 2);
6498             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6499             gaddrof();
6500             /* type size */
6501             vpushi(size);
6502             gfunc_call(3);
6503
6504             vswap();
6505             vpop();
6506         } else {
6507             vswap();
6508             vpop();
6509         }
6510         /* leave source on stack */
6511     } else if (ft & VT_BITFIELD) {
6512         /* bitfield store handling */
6513         bit_pos = (ft >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
6514         bit_size = (ft >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
6515         /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
6516         vtop[-1].type.t = ft & ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
6517
6518         /* duplicate source into other register */
6519         gv_dup();
6520         vswap();
6521         vrott(3);
6522
6523         if((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BOOL) {
6524             gen_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
6525             vtop[-1].type.t = (vtop[-1].type.t & ~VT_BTYPE) | (VT_BYTE | VT_UNSIGNED);
6526         }
6527
6528         /* duplicate destination */
6529         vdup();
6530         vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
6531
6532         /* mask and shift source */
6533         if((ft & VT_BTYPE) != VT_BOOL) {
6534             vpushi((1 << bit_size) - 1);
6535             gen_op('&');
6536         }
6537         vpushi(bit_pos);
6538         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
6539         /* load destination, mask and or with source */
6540         vswap();
6541         vpushi(~(((1 << bit_size) - 1) << bit_pos));
6542         gen_op('&');
6543         gen_op('|');
6544         /* store result */
6545         vstore();
6546
6547         /* pop off shifted source from "duplicate source..." above */
6548         vpop();
6549
6550     } else {
6551 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
6552         /* bound check case */
6553         if (vtop[-1].r & VT_MUSTBOUND) {
6554             vswap();
6555             gbound();
6556             vswap();
6557         }
6558 #endif
6559         if (!nocode_wanted) {
6560             rc = RC_INT;
6561             if (is_float(ft))
6562                 rc = RC_FLOAT;
6563             r = gv(rc);  /* generate value */
6564             /* if lvalue was saved on stack, must read it */
6565             if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL) {
6566                 SValue sv;
6567                 t = get_reg(RC_INT);
6568                 sv.type.t = VT_INT;
6569                 sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
6570                 sv.c.ul = vtop[-1].c.ul;
6571                 load(t, &sv);
6572                 vtop[-1].r = t | VT_LVAL;
6573             }
6574             store(r, vtop - 1);
6575             /* two word case handling : store second register at word + 4 */
6576             if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
6577                 vswap();
6578                 /* convert to int to increment easily */
6579                 vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6580                 gaddrof();
6581                 vpushi(4);
6582                 gen_op('+');
6583                 vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
6584                 vswap();
6585                 /* XXX: it works because r2 is spilled last ! */
6586                 store(vtop->r2, vtop - 1);
6587             }
6588         }
6589         vswap();
6590         vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
6591         vtop->r |= delayed_cast;
6592     }
6593 }
6594
6595 /* post defines POST/PRE add. c is the token ++ or -- */
6596 void inc(int post, int c)
6597 {
6598     test_lvalue();
6599     vdup(); /* save lvalue */
6600     if (post) {
6601         gv_dup(); /* duplicate value */
6602         vrotb(3);
6603         vrotb(3);
6604     }
6605     /* add constant */
6606     vpushi(c - TOK_MID);
6607     gen_op('+');
6608     vstore(); /* store value */
6609     if (post)
6610         vpop(); /* if post op, return saved value */
6611 }
6612
6613 /* Parse GNUC __attribute__ extension. Currently, the following
6614    extensions are recognized:
6615    - aligned(n) : set data/function alignment.
6616    - packed : force data alignment to 1
6617    - section(x) : generate data/code in this section.
6618    - unused : currently ignored, but may be used someday.
6619    - regparm(n) : pass function parameters in registers (i386 only)
6620  */
6621 static void parse_attribute(AttributeDef *ad)
6622 {
6623     int t, n;
6624
6625     while (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2) {
6626     next();
6627     skip('(');
6628     skip('(');
6629     while (tok != ')') {
6630         if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
6631             expect("attribute name");
6632         t = tok;
6633         next();
6634         switch(t) {
6635         case TOK_SECTION1:
6636         case TOK_SECTION2:
6637             skip('(');
6638             if (tok != TOK_STR)
6639                 expect("section name");
6640             ad->section = find_section(tcc_state, (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
6641             next();
6642             skip(')');
6643             break;
6644         case TOK_ALIGNED1:
6645         case TOK_ALIGNED2:
6646             if (tok == '(') {
6647                 next();
6648                 n = expr_const();
6649                 if (n <= 0 || (n & (n - 1)) != 0)
6650                     error("alignment must be a positive power of two");
6651                 skip(')');
6652             } else {
6653                 n = MAX_ALIGN;
6654             }
6655             ad->aligned = n;
6656             break;
6657         case TOK_PACKED1:
6658         case TOK_PACKED2:
6659             ad->packed = 1;
6660             break;
6661         case TOK_UNUSED1:
6662         case TOK_UNUSED2:
6663             /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
6664                track unused objects */
6665             break;
6666         case TOK_NORETURN1:
6667         case TOK_NORETURN2:
6668             /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
6669                track unused objects */
6670             break;
6671         case TOK_CDECL1:
6672         case TOK_CDECL2:
6673         case TOK_CDECL3:
6674             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_CDECL;
6675             break;
6676         case TOK_STDCALL1:
6677         case TOK_STDCALL2:
6678         case TOK_STDCALL3:
6679             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_STDCALL;
6680             break;
6681 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
6682         case TOK_REGPARM1:
6683         case TOK_REGPARM2:
6684             skip('(');
6685             n = expr_const();
6686             if (n > 3)
6687                 n = 3;
6688             else if (n < 0)
6689                 n = 0;
6690             if (n > 0)
6691                 FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_FASTCALL1 + n - 1;
6692             skip(')');
6693             break;
6694         case TOK_FASTCALL1:
6695         case TOK_FASTCALL2:
6696         case TOK_FASTCALL3:
6697             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_FASTCALLW;
6698             break;
6699 #endif
6700         case TOK_DLLEXPORT:
6701             FUNC_EXPORT(ad->func_attr) = 1;
6702             break;
6703         default:
6704             if (tcc_state->warn_unsupported)
6705                 warning("'%s' attribute ignored", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
6706             /* skip parameters */
6707             if (tok == '(') {
6708                 int parenthesis = 0;
6709                 do {
6710                     if (tok == '(')
6711                         parenthesis++;
6712                     else if (tok == ')')
6713                         parenthesis--;
6714                     next();
6715                 } while (parenthesis && tok != -1);
6716             }
6717             break;
6718         }
6719         if (tok != ',')
6720             break;
6721         next();
6722     }
6723     skip(')');
6724     skip(')');
6725     }
6726 }
6727
6728 /* enum/struct/union declaration. u is either VT_ENUM or VT_STRUCT */
6729 static void struct_decl(CType *type, int u)
6730 {
6731     int a, v, size, align, maxalign, c, offset;
6732     int bit_size, bit_pos, bsize, bt, lbit_pos, prevbt;
6733     Sym *s, *ss, *ass, **ps;
6734     AttributeDef ad;
6735     CType type1, btype;
6736
6737     a = tok; /* save decl type */
6738     next();
6739     if (tok != '{') {
6740         v = tok;
6741         next();
6742         /* struct already defined ? return it */
6743         if (v < TOK_IDENT)
6744             expect("struct/union/enum name");
6745         s = struct_find(v);
6746         if (s) {
6747             if (s->type.t != a)
6748                 error("invalid type");
6749             goto do_decl;
6750         }
6751     } else {
6752         v = anon_sym++;
6753     }
6754     type1.t = a;
6755     /* we put an undefined size for struct/union */
6756     s = sym_push(v | SYM_STRUCT, &type1, 0, -1);
6757     s->r = 0; /* default alignment is zero as gcc */
6758     /* put struct/union/enum name in type */
6759  do_decl:
6760     type->t = u;
6761     type->ref = s;
6762
6763     if (tok == '{') {
6764         next();
6765         if (s->c != -1)
6766             error("struct/union/enum already defined");
6767         /* cannot be empty */
6768         c = 0;
6769         /* non empty enums are not allowed */
6770         if (a == TOK_ENUM) {
6771             for(;;) {
6772                 v = tok;
6773                 if (v < TOK_UIDENT)
6774                     expect("identifier");
6775                 next();
6776                 if (tok == '=') {
6777                     next();
6778                     c = expr_const();
6779                 }
6780                 /* enum symbols have static storage */
6781                 ss = sym_push(v, &int_type, VT_CONST, c);
6782                 ss->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
6783                 if (tok != ',')
6784                     break;
6785                 next();
6786                 c++;
6787                 /* NOTE: we accept a trailing comma */
6788                 if (tok == '}')
6789                     break;
6790             }
6791             skip('}');
6792         } else {
6793             maxalign = 1;
6794             ps = &s->next;
6795             prevbt = VT_INT;
6796             bit_pos = 0;
6797             offset = 0;
6798             while (tok != '}') {
6799                 parse_btype(&btype, &ad);
6800                 while (1) {
6801                     bit_size = -1;
6802                     v = 0;
6803                     type1 = btype;
6804                     if (tok != ':') {
6805                         type_decl(&type1, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
6806                         if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
6807                             expect("identifier");
6808                         if ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC ||
6809                             (type1.t & (VT_TYPEDEF | VT_STATIC | VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)))
6810                             error("invalid type for '%s'",
6811                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6812                     }
6813                     if (tok == ':') {
6814                         next();
6815                         bit_size = expr_const();
6816                         /* XXX: handle v = 0 case for messages */
6817                         if (bit_size < 0)
6818                             error("negative width in bit-field '%s'",
6819                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6820                         if (v && bit_size == 0)
6821                             error("zero width for bit-field '%s'",
6822                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6823                     }
6824                     size = type_size(&type1, &align);
6825                     if (ad.aligned) {
6826                         if (align < ad.aligned)
6827                             align = ad.aligned;
6828                     } else if (ad.packed) {
6829                         align = 1;
6830                     } else if (*tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr) {
6831                         if (align > *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr)
6832                             align = *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr;
6833                     }
6834                     lbit_pos = 0;
6835                     if (bit_size >= 0) {
6836                         bt = type1.t & VT_BTYPE;
6837                         if (bt != VT_INT &&
6838                             bt != VT_BYTE &&
6839                             bt != VT_SHORT &&
6840                             bt != VT_BOOL &&
6841                             bt != VT_ENUM)
6842                             error("bitfields must have scalar type");
6843                         bsize = size * 8;
6844                         if (bit_size > bsize) {
6845                             error("width of '%s' exceeds its type",
6846                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6847                         } else if (bit_size == bsize) {
6848                             /* no need for bit fields */
6849                             bit_pos = 0;
6850                         } else if (bit_size == 0) {
6851                             /* XXX: what to do if only padding in a
6852                                structure ? */
6853                             /* zero size: means to pad */
6854                             bit_pos = 0;
6855                         } else {
6856                             /* we do not have enough room ?
6857                                did the type change?
6858                                is it a union? */
6859                             if ((bit_pos + bit_size) > bsize ||
6860                                 bt != prevbt || a == TOK_UNION)
6861                                 bit_pos = 0;
6862                             lbit_pos = bit_pos;
6863                             /* XXX: handle LSB first */
6864                             type1.t |= VT_BITFIELD |
6865                                 (bit_pos << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) |
6866                                 (bit_size << (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6));
6867                             bit_pos += bit_size;
6868                         }
6869                         prevbt = bt;
6870                     } else {
6871                         bit_pos = 0;
6872                     }
6873                     if (v != 0 || (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
6874                         /* add new memory data only if starting
6875                            bit field */
6876                         if (lbit_pos == 0) {
6877                             if (a == TOK_STRUCT) {
6878                                 c = (c + align - 1) & -align;
6879                                 offset = c;
6880                                 if (size > 0)
6881                                     c += size;
6882                             } else {
6883                                 offset = 0;
6884                                 if (size > c)
6885                                     c = size;
6886                             }
6887                             if (align > maxalign)
6888                                 maxalign = align;
6889                         }
6890 #if 0
6891                         printf("add field %s offset=%d",
6892                                get_tok_str(v, NULL), offset);
6893                         if (type1.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
6894                             printf(" pos=%d size=%d",
6895                                    (type1.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f,
6896                                    (type1.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f);
6897                         }
6898                         printf("\n");
6899 #endif
6900                     }
6901                     if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
6902                         ass = type1.ref;
6903                         while ((ass = ass->next) != NULL) {
6904                            ss = sym_push(ass->v, &ass->type, 0, offset + ass->c);
6905                            *ps = ss;
6906                            ps = &ss->next;
6907                         }
6908                     } else if (v) {
6909                         ss = sym_push(v | SYM_FIELD, &type1, 0, offset);
6910                         *ps = ss;
6911                         ps = &ss->next;
6912                     }
6913                     if (tok == ';' || tok == TOK_EOF)
6914                         break;
6915                     skip(',');
6916                 }
6917                 skip(';');
6918             }
6919             skip('}');
6920             /* store size and alignment */
6921             s->c = (c + maxalign - 1) & -maxalign;
6922             s->r = maxalign;
6923         }
6924     }
6925 }
6926
6927 /* return 0 if no type declaration. otherwise, return the basic type
6928    and skip it.
6929  */
6930 static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
6931 {
6932     int t, u, type_found, typespec_found, typedef_found;
6933     Sym *s;
6934     CType type1;
6935
6936     memset(ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
6937     type_found = 0;
6938     typespec_found = 0;
6939     typedef_found = 0;
6940     t = 0;
6941     while(1) {
6942         switch(tok) {
6943         case TOK_EXTENSION:
6944             /* currently, we really ignore extension */
6945             next();
6946             continue;
6947
6948             /* basic types */
6949         case TOK_CHAR:
6950             u = VT_BYTE;
6951         basic_type:
6952             next();
6953         basic_type1:
6954             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) != 0)
6955                 error("too many basic types");
6956             t |= u;
6957             typespec_found = 1;
6958             break;
6959         case TOK_VOID:
6960             u = VT_VOID;
6961             goto basic_type;
6962         case TOK_SHORT:
6963             u = VT_SHORT;
6964             goto basic_type;
6965         case TOK_INT:
6966             next();
6967             typespec_found = 1;
6968             break;
6969         case TOK_LONG:
6970             next();
6971             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE) {
6972                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
6973             } else if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
6974                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LLONG;
6975             } else {
6976                 u = VT_LONG;
6977                 goto basic_type1;
6978             }
6979             break;
6980         case TOK_BOOL:
6981             u = VT_BOOL;
6982             goto basic_type;
6983         case TOK_FLOAT:
6984             u = VT_FLOAT;
6985             goto basic_type;
6986         case TOK_DOUBLE:
6987             next();
6988             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
6989                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
6990             } else {
6991                 u = VT_DOUBLE;
6992                 goto basic_type1;
6993             }
6994             break;
6995         case TOK_ENUM:
6996             struct_decl(&type1, VT_ENUM);
6997         basic_type2:
6998             u = type1.t;
6999             type->ref = type1.ref;
7000             goto basic_type1;
7001         case TOK_STRUCT:
7002         case TOK_UNION:
7003             struct_decl(&type1, VT_STRUCT);
7004             goto basic_type2;
7005
7006             /* type modifiers */
7007         case TOK_CONST1:
7008         case TOK_CONST2:
7009         case TOK_CONST3:
7010             t |= VT_CONSTANT;
7011             next();
7012             break;
7013         case TOK_VOLATILE1:
7014         case TOK_VOLATILE2:
7015         case TOK_VOLATILE3:
7016             t |= VT_VOLATILE;
7017             next();
7018             break;
7019         case TOK_SIGNED1:
7020         case TOK_SIGNED2:
7021         case TOK_SIGNED3:
7022             typespec_found = 1;
7023             t |= VT_SIGNED;
7024             next();
7025             break;
7026         case TOK_REGISTER:
7027         case TOK_AUTO:
7028         case TOK_RESTRICT1:
7029         case TOK_RESTRICT2:
7030         case TOK_RESTRICT3:
7031             next();
7032             break;
7033         case TOK_UNSIGNED:
7034             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7035             next();
7036             typespec_found = 1;
7037             break;
7038
7039             /* storage */
7040         case TOK_EXTERN:
7041             t |= VT_EXTERN;
7042             next();
7043             break;
7044         case TOK_STATIC:
7045             t |= VT_STATIC;
7046             next();
7047             break;
7048         case TOK_TYPEDEF:
7049             t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
7050             next();
7051             break;
7052         case TOK_INLINE1:
7053         case TOK_INLINE2:
7054         case TOK_INLINE3:
7055             t |= VT_INLINE;
7056             next();
7057             break;
7058
7059             /* GNUC attribute */
7060         case TOK_ATTRIBUTE1:
7061         case TOK_ATTRIBUTE2:
7062             parse_attribute(ad);
7063             break;
7064             /* GNUC typeof */
7065         case TOK_TYPEOF1:
7066         case TOK_TYPEOF2:
7067         case TOK_TYPEOF3:
7068             next();
7069             parse_expr_type(&type1);
7070             goto basic_type2;
7071         default:
7072             if (typespec_found || typedef_found)
7073                 goto the_end;
7074             s = sym_find(tok);
7075             if (!s || !(s->type.t & VT_TYPEDEF))
7076                 goto the_end;
7077             typedef_found = 1;
7078             t |= (s->type.t & ~VT_TYPEDEF);
7079             type->ref = s->type.ref;
7080             next();
7081             typespec_found = 1;
7082             break;
7083         }
7084         type_found = 1;
7085     }
7086 the_end:
7087     if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED))
7088         error("signed and unsigned modifier");
7089     if (tcc_state->char_is_unsigned) {
7090         if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED|VT_BTYPE)) == VT_BYTE)
7091             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7092     }
7093     t &= ~VT_SIGNED;
7094
7095     /* long is never used as type */
7096     if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG)
7097         t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_INT;
7098     type->t = t;
7099     return type_found;
7100 }
7101
7102 /* convert a function parameter type (array to pointer and function to
7103    function pointer) */
7104 static inline void convert_parameter_type(CType *pt)
7105 {
7106     /* remove const and volatile qualifiers (XXX: const could be used
7107        to indicate a const function parameter */
7108     pt->t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7109     /* array must be transformed to pointer according to ANSI C */
7110     pt->t &= ~VT_ARRAY;
7111     if ((pt->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
7112         mk_pointer(pt);
7113     }
7114 }
7115
7116 static void post_type(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
7117 {
7118     int n, l, t1, arg_size, align;
7119     Sym **plast, *s, *first;
7120     AttributeDef ad1;
7121     CType pt;
7122
7123     if (tok == '(') {
7124         /* function declaration */
7125         next();
7126         l = 0;
7127         first = NULL;
7128         plast = &first;
7129         arg_size = 0;
7130         if (tok != ')') {
7131             for(;;) {
7132                 /* read param name and compute offset */
7133                 if (l != FUNC_OLD) {
7134                     if (!parse_btype(&pt, &ad1)) {
7135                         if (l) {
7136                             error("invalid type");
7137                         } else {
7138                             l = FUNC_OLD;
7139                             goto old_proto;
7140                         }
7141                     }
7142                     l = FUNC_NEW;
7143                     if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID && tok == ')')
7144                         break;
7145                     type_decl(&pt, &ad1, &n, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7146                     if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
7147                         error("parameter declared as void");
7148                     arg_size += (type_size(&pt, &align) + 3) & ~3;
7149                 } else {
7150                 old_proto:
7151                     n = tok;
7152                     if (n < TOK_UIDENT)
7153                         expect("identifier");
7154                     pt.t = VT_INT;
7155                     next();
7156                 }
7157                 convert_parameter_type(&pt);
7158                 s = sym_push(n | SYM_FIELD, &pt, 0, 0);
7159                 *plast = s;
7160                 plast = &s->next;
7161                 if (tok == ')')
7162                     break;
7163                 skip(',');
7164                 if (l == FUNC_NEW && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
7165                     l = FUNC_ELLIPSIS;
7166                     next();
7167                     break;
7168                 }
7169             }
7170         }
7171         /* if no parameters, then old type prototype */
7172         if (l == 0)
7173             l = FUNC_OLD;
7174         skip(')');
7175         t1 = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
7176         /* NOTE: const is ignored in returned type as it has a special
7177            meaning in gcc / C++ */
7178         type->t &= ~(VT_STORAGE | VT_CONSTANT);
7179         post_type(type, ad);
7180         /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the function prototype */
7181         FUNC_ARGS(ad->func_attr) = arg_size;
7182         s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, ad->func_attr, l);
7183         s->next = first;
7184         type->t = t1 | VT_FUNC;
7185         type->ref = s;
7186     } else if (tok == '[') {
7187         /* array definition */
7188         next();
7189         n = -1;
7190         if (tok != ']') {
7191             n = expr_const();
7192             if (n < 0)
7193                 error("invalid array size");
7194         }
7195         skip(']');
7196         /* parse next post type */
7197         t1 = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
7198         type->t &= ~VT_STORAGE;
7199         post_type(type, ad);
7200
7201         /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the array
7202            element type */
7203         s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, n);
7204         type->t = t1 | VT_ARRAY | VT_PTR;
7205         type->ref = s;
7206     }
7207 }
7208
7209 /* Parse a type declaration (except basic type), and return the type
7210    in 'type'. 'td' is a bitmask indicating which kind of type decl is
7211    expected. 'type' should contain the basic type. 'ad' is the
7212    attribute definition of the basic type. It can be modified by
7213    type_decl().
7214  */
7215 static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td)
7216 {
7217     Sym *s;
7218     CType type1, *type2;
7219     int qualifiers;
7220
7221     while (tok == '*') {
7222         qualifiers = 0;
7223     redo:
7224         next();
7225         switch(tok) {
7226         case TOK_CONST1:
7227         case TOK_CONST2:
7228         case TOK_CONST3:
7229             qualifiers |= VT_CONSTANT;
7230             goto redo;
7231         case TOK_VOLATILE1:
7232         case TOK_VOLATILE2:
7233         case TOK_VOLATILE3:
7234             qualifiers |= VT_VOLATILE;
7235             goto redo;
7236         case TOK_RESTRICT1:
7237         case TOK_RESTRICT2:
7238         case TOK_RESTRICT3:
7239             goto redo;
7240         }
7241         mk_pointer(type);
7242         type->t |= qualifiers;
7243     }
7244
7245     /* XXX: clarify attribute handling */
7246     if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7247         parse_attribute(ad);
7248
7249     /* recursive type */
7250     /* XXX: incorrect if abstract type for functions (e.g. 'int ()') */
7251     type1.t = 0; /* XXX: same as int */
7252     if (tok == '(') {
7253         next();
7254         /* XXX: this is not correct to modify 'ad' at this point, but
7255            the syntax is not clear */
7256         if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7257             parse_attribute(ad);
7258         type_decl(&type1, ad, v, td);
7259         skip(')');
7260     } else {
7261         /* type identifier */
7262         if (tok >= TOK_IDENT && (td & TYPE_DIRECT)) {
7263             *v = tok;
7264             next();
7265         } else {
7266             if (!(td & TYPE_ABSTRACT))
7267                 expect("identifier");
7268             *v = 0;
7269         }
7270     }
7271     post_type(type, ad);
7272     if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7273         parse_attribute(ad);
7274     if (!type1.t)
7275         return;
7276     /* append type at the end of type1 */
7277     type2 = &type1;
7278     for(;;) {
7279         s = type2->ref;
7280         type2 = &s->type;
7281         if (!type2->t) {
7282             *type2 = *type;
7283             break;
7284         }
7285     }
7286     *type = type1;
7287 }
7288
7289 /* compute the lvalue VT_LVAL_xxx needed to match type t. */
7290 static int lvalue_type(int t)
7291 {
7292     int bt, r;
7293     r = VT_LVAL;
7294     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
7295     if (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_BOOL)
7296         r |= VT_LVAL_BYTE;
7297     else if (bt == VT_SHORT)
7298         r |= VT_LVAL_SHORT;
7299     else
7300         return r;
7301     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
7302         r |= VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED;
7303     return r;
7304 }
7305
7306 /* indirection with full error checking and bound check */
7307 static void indir(void)
7308 {
7309     if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR) {
7310         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
7311             return;
7312         expect("pointer");
7313     }
7314     if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !nocode_wanted)
7315         gv(RC_INT);
7316     vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
7317     /* Arrays and functions are never lvalues */
7318     if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)
7319         && (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
7320         vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
7321         /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
7322         if (do_bounds_check)
7323             vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
7324     }
7325 }
7326
7327 /* pass a parameter to a function and do type checking and casting */
7328 static void gfunc_param_typed(Sym *func, Sym *arg)
7329 {
7330     int func_type;
7331     CType type;
7332
7333     func_type = func->c;
7334     if (func_type == FUNC_OLD ||
7335         (func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS && arg == NULL)) {
7336         /* default casting : only need to convert float to double */
7337         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FLOAT) {
7338             type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
7339             gen_cast(&type);
7340         }
7341     } else if (arg == NULL) {
7342         error("too many arguments to function");
7343     } else {
7344         type = arg->type;
7345         type.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
7346         gen_assign_cast(&type);
7347     }
7348 }
7349
7350 /* parse an expression of the form '(type)' or '(expr)' and return its
7351    type */
7352 static void parse_expr_type(CType *type)
7353 {
7354     int n;
7355     AttributeDef ad;
7356
7357     skip('(');
7358     if (parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
7359         type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7360     } else {
7361         expr_type(type);
7362     }
7363     skip(')');
7364 }
7365
7366 static void parse_type(CType *type)
7367 {
7368     AttributeDef ad;
7369     int n;
7370
7371     if (!parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
7372         expect("type");
7373     }
7374     type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7375 }
7376
7377 static void vpush_tokc(int t)
7378 {
7379     CType type;
7380     type.t = t;
7381     vsetc(&type, VT_CONST, &tokc);
7382 }
7383
7384 static void unary(void)
7385 {
7386     int n, t, align, size, r;
7387     CType type;
7388     Sym *s;
7389     AttributeDef ad;
7390
7391     /* XXX: GCC 2.95.3 does not generate a table although it should be
7392        better here */
7393  tok_next:
7394     switch(tok) {
7395     case TOK_EXTENSION:
7396         next();
7397         goto tok_next;
7398     case TOK_CINT:
7399     case TOK_CCHAR:
7400     case TOK_LCHAR:
7401         vpushi(tokc.i);
7402         next();
7403         break;
7404     case TOK_CUINT:
7405         vpush_tokc(VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED);
7406         next();
7407         break;
7408     case TOK_CLLONG:
7409         vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG);
7410         next();
7411         break;
7412     case TOK_CULLONG:
7413         vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED);
7414         next();
7415         break;
7416     case TOK_CFLOAT:
7417         vpush_tokc(VT_FLOAT);
7418         next();
7419         break;
7420     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
7421         vpush_tokc(VT_DOUBLE);
7422         next();
7423         break;
7424     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
7425         vpush_tokc(VT_LDOUBLE);
7426         next();
7427         break;
7428     case TOK___FUNCTION__:
7429         if (!gnu_ext)
7430             goto tok_identifier;
7431         /* fall thru */
7432     case TOK___FUNC__:
7433         {
7434             void *ptr;
7435             int len;
7436             /* special function name identifier */
7437             len = strlen(funcname) + 1;
7438             /* generate char[len] type */
7439             type.t = VT_BYTE;
7440             mk_pointer(&type);
7441             type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
7442             type.ref->c = len;
7443             vpush_ref(&type, data_section, data_section->data_offset, len);
7444             ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, len);
7445             memcpy(ptr, funcname, len);
7446             next();
7447         }
7448         break;
7449     case TOK_LSTR:
7450 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
7451         t = VT_SHORT | VT_UNSIGNED;
7452 #else
7453         t = VT_INT;
7454 #endif
7455         goto str_init;
7456     case TOK_STR:
7457         /* string parsing */
7458         t = VT_BYTE;
7459     str_init:
7460         if (tcc_state->warn_write_strings)
7461             t |= VT_CONSTANT;
7462         type.t = t;
7463         mk_pointer(&type);
7464         type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
7465         memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
7466         decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, VT_CONST, 2, 0, 0);
7467         break;
7468     case '(':
7469         next();
7470         /* cast ? */
7471         if (parse_btype(&type, &ad)) {
7472             type_decl(&type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7473             skip(')');
7474             /* check ISOC99 compound literal */
7475             if (tok == '{') {
7476                     /* data is allocated locally by default */
7477                 if (global_expr)
7478                     r = VT_CONST;
7479                 else
7480                     r = VT_LOCAL;
7481                 /* all except arrays are lvalues */
7482                 if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
7483                     r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
7484                 memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
7485                 decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, 1, 0, 0);
7486             } else {
7487                 unary();
7488                 gen_cast(&type);
7489             }
7490         } else if (tok == '{') {
7491             /* save all registers */
7492             save_regs(0);
7493             /* statement expression : we do not accept break/continue
7494                inside as GCC does */
7495             block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 1);
7496             skip(')');
7497         } else {
7498             gexpr();
7499             skip(')');
7500         }
7501         break;
7502     case '*':
7503         next();
7504         unary();
7505         indir();
7506         break;
7507     case '&':
7508         next();
7509         unary();
7510         /* functions names must be treated as function pointers,
7511            except for unary '&' and sizeof. Since we consider that
7512            functions are not lvalues, we only have to handle it
7513            there and in function calls. */
7514         /* arrays can also be used although they are not lvalues */
7515         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC &&
7516             !(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && !(vtop->type.t & VT_LLOCAL))
7517             test_lvalue();
7518         mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
7519         gaddrof();
7520         break;
7521     case '!':
7522         next();
7523         unary();
7524         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
7525             CType boolean;
7526             boolean.t = VT_BOOL;
7527             gen_cast(&boolean);
7528             vtop->c.i = !vtop->c.i;
7529         } else if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_CMP)
7530             vtop->c.i = vtop->c.i ^ 1;
7531         else {
7532             save_regs(1);
7533             vseti(VT_JMP, gtst(1, 0));
7534         }
7535         break;
7536     case '~':
7537         next();
7538         unary();
7539         vpushi(-1);
7540         gen_op('^');
7541         break;
7542     case '+':
7543         next();
7544         /* in order to force cast, we add zero */
7545         unary();
7546         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR)
7547             error("pointer not accepted for unary plus");
7548         vpushi(0);
7549         gen_op('+');
7550         break;
7551     case TOK_SIZEOF:
7552     case TOK_ALIGNOF1:
7553     case TOK_ALIGNOF2:
7554         t = tok;
7555         next();
7556         if (tok == '(') {
7557             parse_expr_type(&type);
7558         } else {
7559             unary_type(&type);
7560         }
7561         size = type_size(&type, &align);
7562         if (t == TOK_SIZEOF) {
7563             if (size < 0)
7564                 error("sizeof applied to an incomplete type");
7565             vpushi(size);
7566         } else {
7567             vpushi(align);
7568         }
7569         vtop->type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7570         break;
7571
7572     case TOK_builtin_types_compatible_p:
7573         {
7574             CType type1, type2;
7575             next();
7576             skip('(');
7577             parse_type(&type1);
7578             skip(',');
7579             parse_type(&type2);
7580             skip(')');
7581             type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7582             type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7583             vpushi(is_compatible_types(&type1, &type2));
7584         }
7585         break;
7586     case TOK_builtin_constant_p:
7587         {
7588             int saved_nocode_wanted, res;
7589             next();
7590             skip('(');
7591             saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
7592             nocode_wanted = 1;
7593             gexpr();
7594             res = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
7595             vpop();
7596             nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
7597             skip(')');
7598             vpushi(res);
7599         }
7600         break;
7601     case TOK_INC:
7602     case TOK_DEC:
7603         t = tok;
7604         next();
7605         unary();
7606         inc(0, t);
7607         break;
7608     case '-':
7609         next();
7610         vpushi(0);
7611         unary();
7612         gen_op('-');
7613         break;
7614     case TOK_LAND:
7615         if (!gnu_ext)
7616             goto tok_identifier;
7617         next();
7618         /* allow to take the address of a label */
7619         if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
7620             expect("label identifier");
7621         s = label_find(tok);
7622         if (!s) {
7623             s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
7624         } else {
7625             if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
7626                 s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
7627         }
7628         if (!s->type.t) {
7629             s->type.t = VT_VOID;
7630             mk_pointer(&s->type);
7631             s->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
7632         }
7633         vset(&s->type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
7634         vtop->sym = s;
7635         next();
7636         break;
7637     default:
7638     tok_identifier:
7639         t = tok;
7640         next();
7641         if (t < TOK_UIDENT)
7642             expect("identifier");
7643         s = sym_find(t);
7644         if (!s) {
7645             if (tok != '(')
7646                 error("'%s' undeclared", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
7647             /* for simple function calls, we tolerate undeclared
7648                external reference to int() function */
7649             if (tcc_state->warn_implicit_function_declaration)
7650                 warning("implicit declaration of function '%s'",
7651                         get_tok_str(t, NULL));
7652             s = external_global_sym(t, &func_old_type, 0);
7653         }
7654         if ((s->type.t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_BTYPE)) ==
7655             (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_FUNC)) {
7656             /* if referencing an inline function, then we generate a
7657                symbol to it if not already done. It will have the
7658                effect to generate code for it at the end of the
7659                compilation unit. Inline function as always
7660                generated in the text section. */
7661             if (!s->c)
7662                 put_extern_sym(s, text_section, 0, 0);
7663             r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
7664         } else {
7665             r = s->r;
7666         }
7667         vset(&s->type, r, s->c);
7668         /* if forward reference, we must point to s */
7669         if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
7670             vtop->sym = s;
7671             vtop->c.ul = 0;
7672         }
7673         break;
7674     }
7675
7676     /* post operations */
7677     while (1) {
7678         if (tok == TOK_INC || tok == TOK_DEC) {
7679             inc(1, tok);
7680             next();
7681         } else if (tok == '.' || tok == TOK_ARROW) {
7682             /* field */
7683             if (tok == TOK_ARROW)
7684                 indir();
7685             test_lvalue();
7686             gaddrof();
7687             next();
7688             /* expect pointer on structure */
7689             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
7690                 expect("struct or union");
7691             s = vtop->type.ref;
7692             /* find field */
7693             tok |= SYM_FIELD;
7694             while ((s = s->next) != NULL) {
7695                 if (s->v == tok)
7696                     break;
7697             }
7698             if (!s)
7699                 error("field not found: %s",  get_tok_str(tok & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL));
7700             /* add field offset to pointer */
7701             vtop->type = char_pointer_type; /* change type to 'char *' */
7702             vpushi(s->c);
7703             gen_op('+');
7704             /* change type to field type, and set to lvalue */
7705             vtop->type = s->type;
7706             /* an array is never an lvalue */
7707             if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
7708                 vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
7709                 /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
7710                 if (do_bounds_check)
7711                     vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
7712             }
7713             next();
7714         } else if (tok == '[') {
7715             next();
7716             gexpr();
7717             gen_op('+');
7718             indir();
7719             skip(']');
7720         } else if (tok == '(') {
7721             SValue ret;
7722             Sym *sa;
7723             int nb_args;
7724
7725             /* function call  */
7726             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
7727                 /* pointer test (no array accepted) */
7728                 if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_ARRAY)) == VT_PTR) {
7729                     vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
7730                     if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
7731                         goto error_func;
7732                 } else {
7733                 error_func:
7734                     expect("function pointer");
7735                 }
7736             } else {
7737                 vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL; /* no lvalue */
7738             }
7739             /* get return type */
7740             s = vtop->type.ref;
7741             next();
7742             sa = s->next; /* first parameter */
7743             nb_args = 0;
7744             ret.r2 = VT_CONST;
7745             /* compute first implicit argument if a structure is returned */
7746             if ((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
7747                 /* get some space for the returned structure */
7748                 size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
7749                 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
7750                 ret.type = s->type;
7751                 ret.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
7752                 /* pass it as 'int' to avoid structure arg passing
7753                    problems */
7754                 vseti(VT_LOCAL, loc);
7755                 ret.c = vtop->c;
7756                 nb_args++;
7757             } else {
7758                 ret.type = s->type;
7759                 /* return in register */
7760                 if (is_float(ret.type.t)) {
7761                     ret.r = REG_FRET;
7762                 } else {
7763                     if ((ret.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
7764                         ret.r2 = REG_LRET;
7765                     ret.r = REG_IRET;
7766                 }
7767                 ret.c.i = 0;
7768             }
7769             if (tok != ')') {
7770                 for(;;) {
7771                     expr_eq();
7772                     gfunc_param_typed(s, sa);
7773                     nb_args++;
7774                     if (sa)
7775                         sa = sa->next;
7776                     if (tok == ')')
7777                         break;
7778                     skip(',');
7779                 }
7780             }
7781             if (sa)
7782                 error("too few arguments to function");
7783             skip(')');
7784             if (!nocode_wanted) {
7785                 gfunc_call(nb_args);
7786             } else {
7787                 vtop -= (nb_args + 1);
7788             }
7789             /* return value */
7790             vsetc(&ret.type, ret.r, &ret.c);
7791             vtop->r2 = ret.r2;
7792         } else {
7793             break;
7794         }
7795     }
7796 }
7797
7798 static void uneq(void)
7799 {
7800     int t;
7801
7802     unary();
7803     if (tok == '=' ||
7804         (tok >= TOK_A_MOD && tok <= TOK_A_DIV) ||
7805         tok == TOK_A_XOR || tok == TOK_A_OR ||
7806         tok == TOK_A_SHL || tok == TOK_A_SAR) {
7807         test_lvalue();
7808         t = tok;
7809         next();
7810         if (t == '=') {
7811             expr_eq();
7812         } else {
7813             vdup();
7814             expr_eq();
7815             gen_op(t & 0x7f);
7816         }
7817         vstore();
7818     }
7819 }
7820
7821 static void expr_prod(void)
7822 {
7823     int t;
7824
7825     uneq();
7826     while (tok == '*' || tok == '/' || tok == '%') {
7827         t = tok;
7828         next();
7829         uneq();
7830         gen_op(t);
7831     }
7832 }
7833
7834 static void expr_sum(void)
7835 {
7836     int t;
7837
7838     expr_prod();
7839     while (tok == '+' || tok == '-') {
7840         t = tok;
7841         next();
7842         expr_prod();
7843         gen_op(t);
7844     }
7845 }
7846
7847 static void expr_shift(void)
7848 {
7849     int t;
7850
7851     expr_sum();
7852     while (tok == TOK_SHL || tok == TOK_SAR) {
7853         t = tok;
7854         next();
7855         expr_sum();
7856         gen_op(t);
7857     }
7858 }
7859
7860 static void expr_cmp(void)
7861 {
7862     int t;
7863
7864     expr_shift();
7865     while ((tok >= TOK_ULE && tok <= TOK_GT) ||
7866            tok == TOK_ULT || tok == TOK_UGE) {
7867         t = tok;
7868         next();
7869         expr_shift();
7870         gen_op(t);
7871     }
7872 }
7873
7874 static void expr_cmpeq(void)
7875 {
7876     int t;
7877
7878     expr_cmp();
7879     while (tok == TOK_EQ || tok == TOK_NE) {
7880         t = tok;
7881         next();
7882         expr_cmp();
7883         gen_op(t);
7884     }
7885 }
7886
7887 static void expr_and(void)
7888 {
7889     expr_cmpeq();
7890     while (tok == '&') {
7891         next();
7892         expr_cmpeq();
7893         gen_op('&');
7894     }
7895 }
7896
7897 static void expr_xor(void)
7898 {
7899     expr_and();
7900     while (tok == '^') {
7901         next();
7902         expr_and();
7903         gen_op('^');
7904     }
7905 }
7906
7907 static void expr_or(void)
7908 {
7909     expr_xor();
7910     while (tok == '|') {
7911         next();
7912         expr_xor();
7913         gen_op('|');
7914     }
7915 }
7916
7917 /* XXX: fix this mess */
7918 static void expr_land_const(void)
7919 {
7920     expr_or();
7921     while (tok == TOK_LAND) {
7922         next();
7923         expr_or();
7924         gen_op(TOK_LAND);
7925     }
7926 }
7927
7928 /* XXX: fix this mess */
7929 static void expr_lor_const(void)
7930 {
7931     expr_land_const();
7932     while (tok == TOK_LOR) {
7933         next();
7934         expr_land_const();
7935         gen_op(TOK_LOR);
7936     }
7937 }
7938
7939 /* only used if non constant */
7940 static void expr_land(void)
7941 {
7942     int t;
7943
7944     expr_or();
7945     if (tok == TOK_LAND) {
7946         t = 0;
7947         save_regs(1);
7948         for(;;) {
7949             t = gtst(1, t);
7950             if (tok != TOK_LAND) {
7951                 vseti(VT_JMPI, t);
7952                 break;
7953             }
7954             next();
7955             expr_or();
7956         }
7957     }
7958 }
7959
7960 static void expr_lor(void)
7961 {
7962     int t;
7963
7964     expr_land();
7965     if (tok == TOK_LOR) {
7966         t = 0;
7967         save_regs(1);
7968         for(;;) {
7969             t = gtst(0, t);
7970             if (tok != TOK_LOR) {
7971                 vseti(VT_JMP, t);
7972                 break;
7973             }
7974             next();
7975             expr_land();
7976         }
7977     }
7978 }
7979
7980 /* XXX: better constant handling */
7981 static void expr_eq(void)
7982 {
7983     int tt, u, r1, r2, rc, t1, t2, bt1, bt2;
7984     SValue sv;
7985     CType type, type1, type2;
7986
7987     if (const_wanted) {
7988         expr_lor_const();
7989         if (tok == '?') {
7990             CType boolean;
7991             int c;
7992             boolean.t = VT_BOOL;
7993             vdup();
7994             gen_cast(&boolean);
7995             c = vtop->c.i;
7996             vpop();
7997             next();
7998             if (tok != ':' || !gnu_ext) {
7999                 vpop();
8000                 gexpr();
8001             }
8002             if (!c)
8003                 vpop();
8004             skip(':');
8005             expr_eq();
8006             if (c)
8007                 vpop();
8008         }
8009     } else {
8010         expr_lor();
8011         if (tok == '?') {
8012             next();
8013             if (vtop != vstack) {
8014                 /* needed to avoid having different registers saved in
8015                    each branch */
8016                 if (is_float(vtop->type.t))
8017                     rc = RC_FLOAT;
8018                 else
8019                     rc = RC_INT;
8020                     gv(rc);
8021                     save_regs(1);
8022             }
8023             if (tok == ':' && gnu_ext) {
8024                 gv_dup();
8025                 tt = gtst(1, 0);
8026             } else {
8027                 tt = gtst(1, 0);
8028                 gexpr();
8029             }
8030             type1 = vtop->type;
8031             sv = *vtop; /* save value to handle it later */
8032             vtop--; /* no vpop so that FP stack is not flushed */
8033             skip(':');
8034             u = gjmp(0);
8035             gsym(tt);
8036             expr_eq();
8037             type2 = vtop->type;
8038
8039             t1 = type1.t;
8040             bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
8041             t2 = type2.t;
8042             bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
8043             /* cast operands to correct type according to ISOC rules */
8044             if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
8045                 if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
8046                     type.t = VT_LDOUBLE;
8047                 } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
8048                     type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
8049                 } else {
8050                     type.t = VT_FLOAT;
8051                 }
8052             } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
8053                 /* cast to biggest op */
8054                 type.t = VT_LLONG;
8055                 /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
8056                 if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
8057                     (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
8058                     type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
8059             } else if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
8060                 /* XXX: test pointer compatibility */
8061                 type = type1;
8062             } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC || bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
8063                 /* XXX: test function pointer compatibility */
8064                 type = type1;
8065             } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT || bt2 == VT_STRUCT) {
8066                 /* XXX: test structure compatibility */
8067                 type = type1;
8068             } else if (bt1 == VT_VOID || bt2 == VT_VOID) {
8069                 /* NOTE: as an extension, we accept void on only one side */
8070                 type.t = VT_VOID;
8071             } else {
8072                 /* integer operations */
8073                 type.t = VT_INT;
8074                 /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
8075                 if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
8076                     (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
8077                     type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
8078             }
8079
8080             /* now we convert second operand */
8081             gen_cast(&type);
8082             if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
8083                 gaddrof();
8084             rc = RC_INT;
8085             if (is_float(type.t)) {
8086                 rc = RC_FLOAT;
8087             } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
8088                 /* for long longs, we use fixed registers to avoid having
8089                    to handle a complicated move */
8090                 rc = RC_IRET;
8091             }
8092
8093             r2 = gv(rc);
8094             /* this is horrible, but we must also convert first
8095                operand */
8096             tt = gjmp(0);
8097             gsym(u);
8098             /* put again first value and cast it */
8099             *vtop = sv;
8100             gen_cast(&type);
8101             if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
8102                 gaddrof();
8103             r1 = gv(rc);
8104             move_reg(r2, r1);
8105             vtop->r = r2;
8106             gsym(tt);
8107         }
8108     }
8109 }
8110
8111 static void gexpr(void)
8112 {
8113     while (1) {
8114         expr_eq();
8115         if (tok != ',')
8116             break;
8117         vpop();
8118         next();
8119     }
8120 }
8121
8122 /* parse an expression and return its type without any side effect. */
8123 static void expr_type(CType *type)
8124 {
8125     int saved_nocode_wanted;
8126
8127     saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
8128     nocode_wanted = 1;
8129     gexpr();
8130     *type = vtop->type;
8131     vpop();
8132     nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
8133 }
8134
8135 /* parse a unary expression and return its type without any side
8136    effect. */
8137 static void unary_type(CType *type)
8138 {
8139     int a;
8140
8141     a = nocode_wanted;
8142     nocode_wanted = 1;
8143     unary();
8144     *type = vtop->type;
8145     vpop();
8146     nocode_wanted = a;
8147 }
8148
8149 /* parse a constant expression and return value in vtop.  */
8150 static void expr_const1(void)
8151 {
8152     int a;
8153     a = const_wanted;
8154     const_wanted = 1;
8155     expr_eq();
8156     const_wanted = a;
8157 }
8158
8159 /* parse an integer constant and return its value. */
8160 static int expr_const(void)
8161 {
8162     int c;
8163     expr_const1();
8164     if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
8165         expect("constant expression");
8166     c = vtop->c.i;
8167     vpop();
8168     return c;
8169 }
8170
8171 /* return the label token if current token is a label, otherwise
8172    return zero */
8173 static int is_label(void)
8174 {
8175     int last_tok;
8176
8177     /* fast test first */
8178     if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
8179         return 0;
8180     /* no need to save tokc because tok is an identifier */
8181     last_tok = tok;
8182     next();
8183     if (tok == ':') {
8184         next();
8185         return last_tok;
8186     } else {
8187         unget_tok(last_tok);
8188         return 0;
8189     }
8190 }
8191
8192 static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int *case_sym, int *def_sym,
8193                   int case_reg, int is_expr)
8194 {
8195     int a, b, c, d;
8196     Sym *s;
8197
8198     /* generate line number info */
8199     if (do_debug &&
8200         (last_line_num != file->line_num || last_ind != ind)) {
8201         put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, ind - func_ind);
8202         last_ind = ind;
8203         last_line_num = file->line_num;
8204     }
8205
8206     if (is_expr) {
8207         /* default return value is (void) */
8208         vpushi(0);
8209         vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
8210     }
8211
8212     if (tok == TOK_IF) {
8213         /* if test */
8214         next();
8215         skip('(');
8216         gexpr();
8217         skip(')');
8218         a = gtst(1, 0);
8219         block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8220         c = tok;
8221         if (c == TOK_ELSE) {
8222             next();
8223             d = gjmp(0);
8224             gsym(a);
8225             block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8226             gsym(d); /* patch else jmp */
8227         } else
8228             gsym(a);
8229     } else if (tok == TOK_WHILE) {
8230         next();
8231         d = ind;
8232         skip('(');
8233         gexpr();
8234         skip(')');
8235         a = gtst(1, 0);
8236         b = 0;
8237         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8238         gjmp_addr(d);
8239         gsym(a);
8240         gsym_addr(b, d);
8241     } else if (tok == '{') {
8242         Sym *llabel;
8243
8244         next();
8245         /* record local declaration stack position */
8246         s = local_stack;
8247         llabel = local_label_stack;
8248         /* handle local labels declarations */
8249         if (tok == TOK_LABEL) {
8250             next();
8251             for(;;) {
8252                 if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
8253                     expect("label identifier");
8254                 label_push(&local_label_stack, tok, LABEL_DECLARED);
8255                 next();
8256                 if (tok == ',') {
8257                     next();
8258                 } else {
8259                     skip(';');
8260                     break;
8261                 }
8262             }
8263         }
8264         while (tok != '}') {
8265             decl(VT_LOCAL);
8266             if (tok != '}') {
8267                 if (is_expr)
8268                     vpop();
8269                 block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
8270             }
8271         }
8272         /* pop locally defined labels */
8273         label_pop(&local_label_stack, llabel);
8274         /* pop locally defined symbols */
8275         if(is_expr) {
8276             /* XXX: this solution makes only valgrind happy...
8277                triggered by gcc.c-torture/execute/20000917-1.c */
8278             Sym *p;
8279             switch(vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) {
8280             case VT_PTR:
8281             case VT_STRUCT:
8282             case VT_ENUM:
8283             case VT_FUNC:
8284                 for(p=vtop->type.ref;p;p=p->prev)
8285                     if(p->prev==s)
8286                         error("unsupported expression type");
8287             }
8288         }
8289         sym_pop(&local_stack, s);
8290         next();
8291     } else if (tok == TOK_RETURN) {
8292         next();
8293         if (tok != ';') {
8294             gexpr();
8295             gen_assign_cast(&func_vt);
8296             if ((func_vt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
8297                 CType type;
8298                 /* if returning structure, must copy it to implicit
8299                    first pointer arg location */
8300 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
8301                 int align, size;
8302                 size = type_size(&func_vt,&align);
8303                 if(size <= 4)
8304                 {
8305                     if((vtop->r != (VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL) || (vtop->c.i & 3))
8306                        && (align & 3))
8307                     {
8308                         int addr;
8309                         loc = (loc - size) & -4;
8310                         addr = loc;
8311                         type = func_vt;
8312                         vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
8313                         vswap();
8314                         vstore();
8315                         vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
8316                     }
8317                     vtop->type = int_type;
8318                     gv(RC_IRET);
8319                 } else {
8320 #endif
8321                 type = func_vt;
8322                 mk_pointer(&type);
8323                 vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, func_vc);
8324                 indir();
8325                 vswap();
8326                 /* copy structure value to pointer */
8327                 vstore();
8328 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
8329                 }
8330 #endif
8331             } else if (is_float(func_vt.t)) {
8332                 gv(RC_FRET);
8333             } else {
8334                 gv(RC_IRET);
8335             }
8336             vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
8337         }
8338         skip(';');
8339         rsym = gjmp(rsym); /* jmp */
8340     } else if (tok == TOK_BREAK) {
8341         /* compute jump */
8342         if (!bsym)
8343             error("cannot break");
8344         *bsym = gjmp(*bsym);
8345         next();
8346         skip(';');
8347     } else if (tok == TOK_CONTINUE) {
8348         /* compute jump */
8349         if (!csym)
8350             error("cannot continue");
8351         *csym = gjmp(*csym);
8352         next();
8353         skip(';');
8354     } else if (tok == TOK_FOR) {
8355         int e;
8356         next();
8357         skip('(');
8358         if (tok != ';') {
8359             gexpr();
8360             vpop();
8361         }
8362         skip(';');
8363         d = ind;
8364         c = ind;
8365         a = 0;
8366         b = 0;
8367         if (tok != ';') {
8368             gexpr();
8369             a = gtst(1, 0);
8370         }
8371         skip(';');
8372         if (tok != ')') {
8373             e = gjmp(0);
8374             c = ind;
8375             gexpr();
8376             vpop();
8377             gjmp_addr(d);
8378             gsym(e);
8379         }
8380         skip(')');
8381         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8382         gjmp_addr(c);
8383         gsym(a);
8384         gsym_addr(b, c);
8385     } else
8386     if (tok == TOK_DO) {
8387         next();
8388         a = 0;
8389         b = 0;
8390         d = ind;
8391         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8392         skip(TOK_WHILE);
8393         skip('(');
8394         gsym(b);
8395         gexpr();
8396         c = gtst(0, 0);
8397         gsym_addr(c, d);
8398         skip(')');
8399         gsym(a);
8400         skip(';');
8401     } else
8402     if (tok == TOK_SWITCH) {
8403         next();
8404         skip('(');
8405         gexpr();
8406         /* XXX: other types than integer */
8407         case_reg = gv(RC_INT);
8408         vpop();
8409         skip(')');
8410         a = 0;
8411         b = gjmp(0); /* jump to first case */
8412         c = 0;
8413         block(&a, csym, &b, &c, case_reg, 0);
8414         /* if no default, jmp after switch */
8415         if (c == 0)
8416             c = ind;
8417         /* default label */
8418         gsym_addr(b, c);
8419         /* break label */
8420         gsym(a);
8421     } else
8422     if (tok == TOK_CASE) {
8423         int v1, v2;
8424         if (!case_sym)
8425             expect("switch");
8426         next();
8427         v1 = expr_const();
8428         v2 = v1;
8429         if (gnu_ext && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
8430             next();
8431             v2 = expr_const();
8432             if (v2 < v1)
8433                 warning("empty case range");
8434         }
8435         /* since a case is like a label, we must skip it with a jmp */
8436         b = gjmp(0);
8437         gsym(*case_sym);
8438         vseti(case_reg, 0);
8439         vpushi(v1);
8440         if (v1 == v2) {
8441             gen_op(TOK_EQ);
8442             *case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
8443         } else {
8444             gen_op(TOK_GE);
8445             *case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
8446             vseti(case_reg, 0);
8447             vpushi(v2);
8448             gen_op(TOK_LE);
8449             *case_sym = gtst(1, *case_sym);
8450         }
8451         gsym(b);
8452         skip(':');
8453         is_expr = 0;
8454         goto block_after_label;
8455     } else
8456     if (tok == TOK_DEFAULT) {
8457         next();
8458         skip(':');
8459         if (!def_sym)
8460             expect("switch");
8461         if (*def_sym)
8462             error("too many 'default'");
8463         *def_sym = ind;
8464         is_expr = 0;
8465         goto block_after_label;
8466     } else
8467     if (tok == TOK_GOTO) {
8468         next();
8469         if (tok == '*' && gnu_ext) {
8470             /* computed goto */
8471             next();
8472             gexpr();
8473             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR)
8474                 expect("pointer");
8475             ggoto();
8476         } else if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT) {
8477             s = label_find(tok);
8478             /* put forward definition if needed */
8479             if (!s) {
8480                 s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
8481             } else {
8482                 if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
8483                     s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
8484             }
8485             /* label already defined */
8486             if (s->r & LABEL_FORWARD)
8487                 s->next = (void *)gjmp((long)s->next);
8488             else
8489                 gjmp_addr((long)s->next);
8490             next();
8491         } else {
8492             expect("label identifier");
8493         }
8494         skip(';');
8495     } else if (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3) {
8496         asm_instr();
8497     } else {
8498         b = is_label();
8499         if (b) {
8500             /* label case */
8501             s = label_find(b);
8502             if (s) {
8503                 if (s->r == LABEL_DEFINED)
8504                     error("duplicate label '%s'", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
8505                 gsym((long)s->next);
8506                 s->r = LABEL_DEFINED;
8507             } else {
8508                 s = label_push(&global_label_stack, b, LABEL_DEFINED);
8509             }
8510             s->next = (void *)ind;
8511             /* we accept this, but it is a mistake */
8512         block_after_label:
8513             if (tok == '}') {
8514                 warning("deprecated use of label at end of compound statement");
8515             } else {
8516                 if (is_expr)
8517                     vpop();
8518                 block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
8519             }
8520         } else {
8521             /* expression case */
8522             if (tok != ';') {
8523                 if (is_expr) {
8524                     vpop();
8525                     gexpr();
8526                 } else {
8527                     gexpr();
8528                     vpop();
8529                 }
8530             }
8531             skip(';');
8532         }
8533     }
8534 }
8535
8536 /* t is the array or struct type. c is the array or struct
8537    address. cur_index/cur_field is the pointer to the current
8538    value. 'size_only' is true if only size info is needed (only used
8539    in arrays) */
8540 static void decl_designator(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8541                             int *cur_index, Sym **cur_field,
8542                             int size_only)
8543 {
8544     Sym *s, *f;
8545     int notfirst, index, index_last, align, l, nb_elems, elem_size;
8546     CType type1;
8547
8548     notfirst = 0;
8549     elem_size = 0;
8550     nb_elems = 1;
8551     if (gnu_ext && (l = is_label()) != 0)
8552         goto struct_field;
8553     while (tok == '[' || tok == '.') {
8554         if (tok == '[') {
8555             if (!(type->t & VT_ARRAY))
8556                 expect("array type");
8557             s = type->ref;
8558             next();
8559             index = expr_const();
8560             if (index < 0 || (s->c >= 0 && index >= s->c))
8561                 expect("invalid index");
8562             if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
8563                 next();
8564                 index_last = expr_const();
8565                 if (index_last < 0 ||
8566                     (s->c >= 0 && index_last >= s->c) ||
8567                     index_last < index)
8568                     expect("invalid index");
8569             } else {
8570                 index_last = index;
8571             }
8572             skip(']');
8573             if (!notfirst)
8574                 *cur_index = index_last;
8575             type = pointed_type(type);
8576             elem_size = type_size(type, &align);
8577             c += index * elem_size;
8578             /* NOTE: we only support ranges for last designator */
8579             nb_elems = index_last - index + 1;
8580             if (nb_elems != 1) {
8581                 notfirst = 1;
8582                 break;
8583             }
8584         } else {
8585             next();
8586             l = tok;
8587             next();
8588         struct_field:
8589             if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
8590                 expect("struct/union type");
8591             s = type->ref;
8592             l |= SYM_FIELD;
8593             f = s->next;
8594             while (f) {
8595                 if (f->v == l)
8596                     break;
8597                 f = f->next;
8598             }
8599             if (!f)
8600                 expect("field");
8601             if (!notfirst)
8602                 *cur_field = f;
8603             /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
8604             type1 = f->type;
8605             type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
8606             type = &type1;
8607             c += f->c;
8608         }
8609         notfirst = 1;
8610     }
8611     if (notfirst) {
8612         if (tok == '=') {
8613             next();
8614         } else {
8615             if (!gnu_ext)
8616                 expect("=");
8617         }
8618     } else {
8619         if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
8620             index = *cur_index;
8621             type = pointed_type(type);
8622             c += index * type_size(type, &align);
8623         } else {
8624             f = *cur_field;
8625             if (!f)
8626                 error("too many field init");
8627             /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
8628             type1 = f->type;
8629             type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
8630             type = &type1;
8631             c += f->c;
8632         }
8633     }
8634     decl_initializer(type, sec, c, 0, size_only);
8635
8636     /* XXX: make it more general */
8637     if (!size_only && nb_elems > 1) {
8638         unsigned long c_end;
8639         uint8_t *src, *dst;
8640         int i;
8641
8642         if (!sec)
8643             error("range init not supported yet for dynamic storage");
8644         c_end = c + nb_elems * elem_size;
8645         if (c_end > sec->data_allocated)
8646             section_realloc(sec, c_end);
8647         src = sec->data + c;
8648         dst = src;
8649         for(i = 1; i < nb_elems; i++) {
8650             dst += elem_size;
8651             memcpy(dst, src, elem_size);
8652         }
8653     }
8654 }
8655
8656 #define EXPR_VAL   0
8657 #define EXPR_CONST 1
8658 #define EXPR_ANY   2
8659
8660 /* store a value or an expression directly in global data or in local array */
8661 static void init_putv(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8662                       int v, int expr_type)
8663 {
8664     int saved_global_expr, bt, bit_pos, bit_size;
8665     void *ptr;
8666     unsigned long long bit_mask;
8667     CType dtype;
8668
8669     switch(expr_type) {
8670     case EXPR_VAL:
8671         vpushi(v);
8672         break;
8673     case EXPR_CONST:
8674         /* compound literals must be allocated globally in this case */
8675         saved_global_expr = global_expr;
8676         global_expr = 1;
8677         expr_const1();
8678         global_expr = saved_global_expr;
8679         /* NOTE: symbols are accepted */
8680         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) != VT_CONST)
8681             error("initializer element is not constant");
8682         break;
8683     case EXPR_ANY:
8684         expr_eq();
8685         break;
8686     }
8687
8688     dtype = *type;
8689     dtype.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
8690
8691     if (sec) {
8692         /* XXX: not portable */
8693         /* XXX: generate error if incorrect relocation */
8694         gen_assign_cast(&dtype);
8695         bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
8696         ptr = sec->data + c;
8697         /* XXX: make code faster ? */
8698         if (!(type->t & VT_BITFIELD)) {
8699             bit_pos = 0;
8700             bit_size = 32;
8701             bit_mask = -1LL;
8702         } else {
8703             bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
8704             bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
8705             bit_mask = (1LL << bit_size) - 1;
8706         }
8707         if ((vtop->r & VT_SYM) &&
8708             (bt == VT_BYTE ||
8709              bt == VT_SHORT ||
8710              bt == VT_DOUBLE ||
8711              bt == VT_LDOUBLE ||
8712              bt == VT_LLONG ||
8713              (bt == VT_INT && bit_size != 32)))
8714             error("initializer element is not computable at load time");
8715         switch(bt) {
8716         case VT_BOOL:
8717             vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.i != 0);
8718         case VT_BYTE:
8719             *(char *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8720             break;
8721         case VT_SHORT:
8722             *(short *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8723             break;
8724         case VT_DOUBLE:
8725             *(double *)ptr = vtop->c.d;
8726             break;
8727         case VT_LDOUBLE:
8728             *(long double *)ptr = vtop->c.ld;
8729             break;
8730         case VT_LLONG:
8731             *(long long *)ptr |= (vtop->c.ll & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8732             break;
8733         default:
8734             if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
8735                 greloc(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_32);
8736             }
8737             *(int *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8738             break;
8739         }
8740         vtop--;
8741     } else {
8742         vset(&dtype, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
8743         vswap();
8744         vstore();
8745         vpop();
8746     }
8747 }
8748
8749 /* put zeros for variable based init */
8750 static void init_putz(CType *t, Section *sec, unsigned long c, int size)
8751 {
8752     if (sec) {
8753         /* nothing to do because globals are already set to zero */
8754     } else {
8755         vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memset);
8756         vseti(VT_LOCAL, c);
8757         vpushi(0);
8758         vpushi(size);
8759         gfunc_call(3);
8760     }
8761 }
8762
8763 /* 't' contains the type and storage info. 'c' is the offset of the
8764    object in section 'sec'. If 'sec' is NULL, it means stack based
8765    allocation. 'first' is true if array '{' must be read (multi
8766    dimension implicit array init handling). 'size_only' is true if
8767    size only evaluation is wanted (only for arrays). */
8768 static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8769                              int first, int size_only)
8770 {
8771     int index, array_length, n, no_oblock, nb, parlevel, i;
8772     int size1, align1, expr_type;
8773     Sym *s, *f;
8774     CType *t1;
8775
8776     if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
8777         s = type->ref;
8778         n = s->c;
8779         array_length = 0;
8780         t1 = pointed_type(type);
8781         size1 = type_size(t1, &align1);
8782
8783         no_oblock = 1;
8784         if ((first && tok != TOK_LSTR && tok != TOK_STR) ||
8785             tok == '{') {
8786             skip('{');
8787             no_oblock = 0;
8788         }
8789
8790         /* only parse strings here if correct type (otherwise: handle
8791            them as ((w)char *) expressions */
8792         if ((tok == TOK_LSTR &&
8793 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
8794              (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT && (t1->t & VT_UNSIGNED)
8795 #else
8796              (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT
8797 #endif
8798             ) || (tok == TOK_STR && (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)) {
8799             while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
8800                 int cstr_len, ch;
8801                 CString *cstr;
8802
8803                 cstr = tokc.cstr;
8804                 /* compute maximum number of chars wanted */
8805                 if (tok == TOK_STR)
8806                     cstr_len = cstr->size;
8807                 else
8808                     cstr_len = cstr->size / sizeof(nwchar_t);
8809                 cstr_len--;
8810                 nb = cstr_len;
8811                 if (n >= 0 && nb > (n - array_length))
8812                     nb = n - array_length;
8813                 if (!size_only) {
8814                     if (cstr_len > nb)
8815                         warning("initializer-string for array is too long");
8816                     /* in order to go faster for common case (char
8817                        string in global variable, we handle it
8818                        specifically */
8819                     if (sec && tok == TOK_STR && size1 == 1) {
8820                         memcpy(sec->data + c + array_length, cstr->data, nb);
8821                     } else {
8822                         for(i=0;i<nb;i++) {
8823                             if (tok == TOK_STR)
8824                                 ch = ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i];
8825                             else
8826                                 ch = ((nwchar_t *)cstr->data)[i];
8827                             init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length + i) * size1,
8828                                       ch, EXPR_VAL);
8829                         }
8830                     }
8831                 }
8832                 array_length += nb;
8833                 next();
8834             }
8835             /* only add trailing zero if enough storage (no
8836                warning in this case since it is standard) */
8837             if (n < 0 || array_length < n) {
8838                 if (!size_only) {
8839                     init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length * size1), 0, EXPR_VAL);
8840                 }
8841                 array_length++;
8842             }
8843         } else {
8844             index = 0;
8845             while (tok != '}') {
8846                 decl_designator(type, sec, c, &index, NULL, size_only);
8847                 if (n >= 0 && index >= n)
8848                     error("index too large");
8849                 /* must put zero in holes (note that doing it that way
8850                    ensures that it even works with designators) */
8851                 if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
8852                     init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
8853                               (index - array_length) * size1);
8854                 }
8855                 index++;
8856                 if (index > array_length)
8857                     array_length = index;
8858                 /* special test for multi dimensional arrays (may not
8859                    be strictly correct if designators are used at the
8860                    same time) */
8861                 if (index >= n && no_oblock)
8862                     break;
8863                 if (tok == '}')
8864                     break;
8865                 skip(',');
8866             }
8867         }
8868         if (!no_oblock)
8869             skip('}');
8870         /* put zeros at the end */
8871         if (!size_only && n >= 0 && array_length < n) {
8872             init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
8873                       (n - array_length) * size1);
8874         }
8875         /* patch type size if needed */
8876         if (n < 0)
8877             s->c = array_length;
8878     } else if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT &&
8879                (sec || !first || tok == '{')) {
8880         int par_count;
8881
8882         /* NOTE: the previous test is a specific case for automatic
8883            struct/union init */
8884         /* XXX: union needs only one init */
8885
8886         /* XXX: this test is incorrect for local initializers
8887            beginning with ( without {. It would be much more difficult
8888            to do it correctly (ideally, the expression parser should
8889            be used in all cases) */
8890         par_count = 0;
8891         if (tok == '(') {
8892             AttributeDef ad1;
8893             CType type1;
8894             next();
8895             while (tok == '(') {
8896                 par_count++;
8897                 next();
8898             }
8899             if (!parse_btype(&type1, &ad1))
8900                 expect("cast");
8901             type_decl(&type1, &ad1, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
8902 #if 0
8903             if (!is_assignable_types(type, &type1))
8904                 error("invalid type for cast");
8905 #endif
8906             skip(')');
8907         }
8908         no_oblock = 1;
8909         if (first || tok == '{') {
8910             skip('{');
8911             no_oblock = 0;
8912         }
8913         s = type->ref;
8914         f = s->next;
8915         array_length = 0;
8916         index = 0;
8917         n = s->c;
8918         while (tok != '}') {
8919             decl_designator(type, sec, c, NULL, &f, size_only);
8920             index = f->c;
8921             if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
8922                 init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
8923                           index - array_length);
8924             }
8925             index = index + type_size(&f->type, &align1);
8926             if (index > array_length)
8927                 array_length = index;
8928             f = f->next;
8929             if (no_oblock && f == NULL)
8930                 break;
8931             if (tok == '}')
8932                 break;
8933             skip(',');
8934         }
8935         /* put zeros at the end */
8936         if (!size_only && array_length < n) {
8937             init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
8938                       n - array_length);
8939         }
8940         if (!no_oblock)
8941             skip('}');
8942         while (par_count) {
8943             skip(')');
8944             par_count--;
8945         }
8946     } else if (tok == '{') {
8947         next();
8948         decl_initializer(type, sec, c, first, size_only);
8949         skip('}');
8950     } else if (size_only) {
8951         /* just skip expression */
8952         parlevel = 0;
8953         while ((parlevel > 0 || (tok != '}' && tok != ',')) &&
8954                tok != -1) {
8955             if (tok == '(')
8956                 parlevel++;
8957             else if (tok == ')')
8958                 parlevel--;
8959             next();
8960         }
8961     } else {
8962         /* currently, we always use constant expression for globals
8963            (may change for scripting case) */
8964         expr_type = EXPR_CONST;
8965         if (!sec)
8966             expr_type = EXPR_ANY;
8967         init_putv(type, sec, c, 0, expr_type);
8968     }
8969 }
8970
8971 /* parse an initializer for type 't' if 'has_init' is non zero, and
8972    allocate space in local or global data space ('r' is either
8973    VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST). If 'v' is non zero, then an associated
8974    variable 'v' of scope 'scope' is declared before initializers are
8975    parsed. If 'v' is zero, then a reference to the new object is put
8976    in the value stack. If 'has_init' is 2, a special parsing is done
8977    to handle string constants. */
8978 static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
8979                                    int has_init, int v, int scope)
8980 {
8981     int size, align, addr, data_offset;
8982     int level;
8983     ParseState saved_parse_state;
8984     TokenString init_str;
8985     Section *sec;
8986
8987     size = type_size(type, &align);
8988     /* If unknown size, we must evaluate it before
8989        evaluating initializers because
8990        initializers can generate global data too
8991        (e.g. string pointers or ISOC99 compound
8992        literals). It also simplifies local
8993        initializers handling */
8994     tok_str_new(&init_str);
8995     if (size < 0) {
8996         if (!has_init)
8997             error("unknown type size");
8998         /* get all init string */
8999         if (has_init == 2) {
9000             /* only get strings */
9001             while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
9002                 tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
9003                 next();
9004             }
9005         } else {
9006             level = 0;
9007             while (level > 0 || (tok != ',' && tok != ';')) {
9008                 if (tok < 0)
9009                     error("unexpected end of file in initializer");
9010                 tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
9011                 if (tok == '{')
9012                     level++;
9013                 else if (tok == '}') {
9014                     if (level == 0)
9015                         break;
9016                     level--;
9017                 }
9018                 next();
9019             }
9020         }
9021         tok_str_add(&init_str, -1);
9022         tok_str_add(&init_str, 0);
9023
9024         /* compute size */
9025         save_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
9026
9027         macro_ptr = init_str.str;
9028         next();
9029         decl_initializer(type, NULL, 0, 1, 1);
9030         /* prepare second initializer parsing */
9031         macro_ptr = init_str.str;
9032         next();
9033
9034         /* if still unknown size, error */
9035         size = type_size(type, &align);
9036         if (size < 0)
9037             error("unknown type size");
9038     }
9039     /* take into account specified alignment if bigger */
9040     if (ad->aligned) {
9041         if (ad->aligned > align)
9042             align = ad->aligned;
9043     } else if (ad->packed) {
9044         align = 1;
9045     }
9046     if ((r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LOCAL) {
9047         sec = NULL;
9048         if (do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY))
9049             loc--;
9050         loc = (loc - size) & -align;
9051         addr = loc;
9052         /* handles bounds */
9053         /* XXX: currently, since we do only one pass, we cannot track
9054            '&' operators, so we add only arrays */
9055         if (do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY)) {
9056             unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
9057             /* add padding between regions */
9058             loc--;
9059             /* then add local bound info */
9060             bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(lbounds_section, 2 * sizeof(unsigned long));
9061             bounds_ptr[0] = addr;
9062             bounds_ptr[1] = size;
9063         }
9064         if (v) {
9065             /* local variable */
9066             sym_push(v, type, r, addr);
9067         } else {
9068             /* push local reference */
9069             vset(type, r, addr);
9070         }
9071     } else {
9072         Sym *sym;
9073
9074         sym = NULL;
9075         if (v && scope == VT_CONST) {
9076             /* see if the symbol was already defined */
9077             sym = sym_find(v);
9078             if (sym) {
9079                 if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, type))
9080                     error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
9081                           get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9082                 if (sym->type.t & VT_EXTERN) {
9083                     /* if the variable is extern, it was not allocated */
9084                     sym->type.t &= ~VT_EXTERN;
9085                     /* set array size if it was ommited in extern
9086                        declaration */
9087                     if ((sym->type.t & VT_ARRAY) &&
9088                         sym->type.ref->c < 0 &&
9089                         type->ref->c >= 0)
9090                         sym->type.ref->c = type->ref->c;
9091                 } else {
9092                     /* we accept several definitions of the same
9093                        global variable. this is tricky, because we
9094                        must play with the SHN_COMMON type of the symbol */
9095                     /* XXX: should check if the variable was already
9096                        initialized. It is incorrect to initialized it
9097                        twice */
9098                     /* no init data, we won't add more to the symbol */
9099                     if (!has_init)
9100                         goto no_alloc;
9101                 }
9102             }
9103         }
9104
9105         /* allocate symbol in corresponding section */
9106         sec = ad->section;
9107         if (!sec) {
9108             if (has_init)
9109                 sec = data_section;
9110             else if (tcc_state->nocommon)
9111                 sec = bss_section;
9112         }
9113         if (sec) {
9114             data_offset = sec->data_offset;
9115             data_offset = (data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
9116             addr = data_offset;
9117             /* very important to increment global pointer at this time
9118                because initializers themselves can create new initializers */
9119             data_offset += size;
9120             /* add padding if bound check */
9121             if (do_bounds_check)
9122                 data_offset++;
9123             sec->data_offset = data_offset;
9124             /* allocate section space to put the data */
9125             if (sec->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS &&
9126                 data_offset > sec->data_allocated)
9127                 section_realloc(sec, data_offset);
9128             /* align section if needed */
9129             if (align > sec->sh_addralign)
9130                 sec->sh_addralign = align;
9131         } else {
9132             addr = 0; /* avoid warning */
9133         }
9134
9135         if (v) {
9136             if (scope != VT_CONST || !sym) {
9137                 sym = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_SYM, 0);
9138             }
9139             /* update symbol definition */
9140             if (sec) {
9141                 put_extern_sym(sym, sec, addr, size);
9142             } else {
9143                 Elf32_Sym *esym;
9144                 /* put a common area */
9145                 put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, align, size);
9146                 /* XXX: find a nicer way */
9147                 esym = &((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
9148                 esym->st_shndx = SHN_COMMON;
9149             }
9150         } else {
9151             CValue cval;
9152
9153             /* push global reference */
9154             sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, addr, size);
9155             cval.ul = 0;
9156             vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
9157             vtop->sym = sym;
9158         }
9159
9160         /* handles bounds now because the symbol must be defined
9161            before for the relocation */
9162         if (do_bounds_check) {
9163             unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
9164
9165             greloc(bounds_section, sym, bounds_section->data_offset, R_DATA_32);
9166             /* then add global bound info */
9167             bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(bounds_section, 2 * sizeof(long));
9168             bounds_ptr[0] = 0; /* relocated */
9169             bounds_ptr[1] = size;
9170         }
9171     }
9172     if (has_init) {
9173         decl_initializer(type, sec, addr, 1, 0);
9174         /* restore parse state if needed */
9175         if (init_str.str) {
9176             tok_str_free(init_str.str);
9177             restore_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
9178         }
9179     }
9180  no_alloc: ;
9181 }
9182
9183 void put_func_debug(Sym *sym)
9184 {
9185     char buf[512];
9186
9187     /* stabs info */
9188     /* XXX: we put here a dummy type */
9189     snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%c1",
9190              funcname, sym->type.t & VT_STATIC ? 'f' : 'F');
9191     put_stabs_r(buf, N_FUN, 0, file->line_num, 0,
9192                 cur_text_section, sym->c);
9193     /* //gr gdb wants a line at the function */
9194     put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, 0);
9195     last_ind = 0;
9196     last_line_num = 0;
9197 }
9198
9199 /* parse an old style function declaration list */
9200 /* XXX: check multiple parameter */
9201 static void func_decl_list(Sym *func_sym)
9202 {
9203     AttributeDef ad;
9204     int v;
9205     Sym *s;
9206     CType btype, type;
9207
9208     /* parse each declaration */
9209     while (tok != '{' && tok != ';' && tok != ',' && tok != TOK_EOF) {
9210         if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad))
9211             expect("declaration list");
9212         if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
9213              (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
9214             tok == ';') {
9215             /* we accept no variable after */
9216         } else {
9217             for(;;) {
9218                 type = btype;
9219                 type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
9220                 /* find parameter in function parameter list */
9221                 s = func_sym->next;
9222                 while (s != NULL) {
9223                     if ((s->v & ~SYM_FIELD) == v)
9224                         goto found;
9225                     s = s->next;
9226                 }
9227                 error("declaration for parameter '%s' but no such parameter",
9228                       get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9229             found:
9230                 /* check that no storage specifier except 'register' was given */
9231                 if (type.t & VT_STORAGE)
9232                     error("storage class specified for '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9233                 convert_parameter_type(&type);
9234                 /* we can add the type (NOTE: it could be local to the function) */
9235                 s->type = type;
9236                 /* accept other parameters */
9237                 if (tok == ',')
9238                     next();
9239                 else
9240                     break;
9241             }
9242         }
9243         skip(';');
9244     }
9245 }
9246
9247 /* parse a function defined by symbol 'sym' and generate its code in
9248    'cur_text_section' */
9249 static void gen_function(Sym *sym)
9250 {
9251     int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
9252     nocode_wanted = 0;
9253     ind = cur_text_section->data_offset;
9254     /* NOTE: we patch the symbol size later */
9255     put_extern_sym(sym, cur_text_section, ind, 0);
9256     funcname = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
9257     func_ind = ind;
9258     /* put debug symbol */
9259     if (do_debug)
9260         put_func_debug(sym);
9261     /* push a dummy symbol to enable local sym storage */
9262     sym_push2(&local_stack, SYM_FIELD, 0, 0);
9263     gfunc_prolog(&sym->type);
9264     rsym = 0;
9265     block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
9266     gsym(rsym);
9267     gfunc_epilog();
9268     cur_text_section->data_offset = ind;
9269     label_pop(&global_label_stack, NULL);
9270     sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL); /* reset local stack */
9271     /* end of function */
9272     /* patch symbol size */
9273     ((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c].st_size =
9274         ind - func_ind;
9275     if (do_debug) {
9276         put_stabn(N_FUN, 0, 0, ind - func_ind);
9277     }
9278     /* It's better to crash than to generate wrong code */
9279     cur_text_section = NULL;
9280     funcname = ""; /* for safety */
9281     func_vt.t = VT_VOID; /* for safety */
9282     ind = 0; /* for safety */
9283     nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
9284 }
9285
9286 static void gen_inline_functions(void)
9287 {
9288     Sym *sym;
9289     CType *type;
9290     int *str, inline_generated;
9291
9292     /* iterate while inline function are referenced */
9293     for(;;) {
9294         inline_generated = 0;
9295         for(sym = global_stack; sym != NULL; sym = sym->prev) {
9296             type = &sym->type;
9297             if (((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) &&
9298                 (type->t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) ==
9299                 (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE) &&
9300                 sym->c != 0) {
9301                 /* the function was used: generate its code and
9302                    convert it to a normal function */
9303                 str = INLINE_DEF(sym->r);
9304                 sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
9305                 sym->type.t &= ~VT_INLINE;
9306
9307                 macro_ptr = str;
9308                 next();
9309                 cur_text_section = text_section;
9310                 gen_function(sym);
9311                 macro_ptr = NULL; /* fail safe */
9312
9313                 tok_str_free(str);
9314                 inline_generated = 1;
9315             }
9316         }
9317         if (!inline_generated)
9318             break;
9319     }
9320
9321     /* free all remaining inline function tokens */
9322     for(sym = global_stack; sym != NULL; sym = sym->prev) {
9323         type = &sym->type;
9324         if (((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) &&
9325             (type->t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) ==
9326             (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) {
9327             //gr printf("sym %d %s\n", sym->r, get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
9328             if (sym->r == (VT_SYM | VT_CONST)) //gr beware!
9329                 continue;
9330             str = INLINE_DEF(sym->r);
9331             tok_str_free(str);
9332             sym->r = 0; /* fail safe */
9333         }
9334     }
9335 }
9336
9337 /* 'l' is VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST to define default storage type */
9338 static void decl(int l)
9339 {
9340     int v, has_init, r;
9341     CType type, btype;
9342     Sym *sym;
9343     AttributeDef ad;
9344
9345     while (1) {
9346         if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad)) {
9347             /* skip redundant ';' */
9348             /* XXX: find more elegant solution */
9349             if (tok == ';') {
9350                 next();
9351                 continue;
9352             }
9353             if (l == VT_CONST &&
9354                 (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3)) {
9355                 /* global asm block */
9356                 asm_global_instr();
9357                 continue;
9358             }
9359             /* special test for old K&R protos without explicit int
9360                type. Only accepted when defining global data */
9361             if (l == VT_LOCAL || tok < TOK_DEFINE)
9362                 break;
9363             btype.t = VT_INT;
9364         }
9365         if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
9366              (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
9367             tok == ';') {
9368             /* we accept no variable after */
9369             next();
9370             continue;
9371         }
9372         while (1) { /* iterate thru each declaration */
9373             type = btype;
9374             type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
9375 #if 0
9376             {
9377                 char buf[500];
9378                 type_to_str(buf, sizeof(buf), t, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9379                 printf("type = '%s'\n", buf);
9380             }
9381 #endif
9382             if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
9383                 /* if old style function prototype, we accept a
9384                    declaration list */
9385                 sym = type.ref;
9386                 if (sym->c == FUNC_OLD)
9387                     func_decl_list(sym);
9388             }
9389
9390             if (tok == '{') {
9391                 if (l == VT_LOCAL)
9392                     error("cannot use local functions");
9393                 if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
9394                     expect("function definition");
9395
9396                 /* reject abstract declarators in function definition */
9397                 sym = type.ref;
9398                 while ((sym = sym->next) != NULL)
9399                     if (!(sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD))
9400                        expect("identifier");
9401
9402                 /* XXX: cannot do better now: convert extern line to static inline */
9403                 if ((type.t & (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)) == (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE))
9404                     type.t = (type.t & ~VT_EXTERN) | VT_STATIC;
9405
9406                 sym = sym_find(v);
9407                 if (sym) {
9408                     if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
9409                         goto func_error1;
9410                     /* specific case: if not func_call defined, we put
9411                        the one of the prototype */
9412                     /* XXX: should have default value */
9413                     r = sym->type.ref->r;
9414                     if (FUNC_CALL(r) != FUNC_CDECL
9415                      && FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) == FUNC_CDECL)
9416                         FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) = FUNC_CALL(r);
9417                     if (FUNC_EXPORT(r))
9418                         FUNC_EXPORT(type.ref->r) = 1;
9419
9420                     if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, &type)) {
9421                     func_error1:
9422                         error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
9423                               get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9424                     }
9425                     /* if symbol is already defined, then put complete type */
9426                     sym->type = type;
9427                 } else {
9428                     /* put function symbol */
9429                     sym = global_identifier_push(v, type.t, 0);
9430                     sym->type.ref = type.ref;
9431                 }
9432
9433                 /* static inline functions are just recorded as a kind
9434                    of macro. Their code will be emitted at the end of
9435                    the compilation unit only if they are used */
9436                 if ((type.t & (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) ==
9437                     (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) {
9438                     TokenString func_str;
9439                     int block_level;
9440
9441                     tok_str_new(&func_str);
9442
9443                     block_level = 0;
9444                     for(;;) {
9445                         int t;
9446                         if (tok == TOK_EOF)
9447                             error("unexpected end of file");
9448                         tok_str_add_tok(&func_str);
9449                         t = tok;
9450                         next();
9451                         if (t == '{') {
9452                             block_level++;
9453                         } else if (t == '}') {
9454                             block_level--;
9455                             if (block_level == 0)
9456                                 break;
9457                         }
9458                     }
9459                     tok_str_add(&func_str, -1);
9460                     tok_str_add(&func_str, 0);
9461                     INLINE_DEF(sym->r) = func_str.str;
9462                 } else {
9463                     /* compute text section */
9464                     cur_text_section = ad.section;
9465                     if (!cur_text_section)
9466                         cur_text_section = text_section;
9467                     sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
9468                     gen_function(sym);
9469                 }
9470                 break;
9471             } else {
9472                 if (btype.t & VT_TYPEDEF) {
9473                     /* save typedefed type  */
9474                     /* XXX: test storage specifiers ? */
9475                     sym = sym_push(v, &type, 0, 0);
9476                     sym->type.t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
9477                 } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
9478                     /* external function definition */
9479                     /* specific case for func_call attribute */
9480                     if (ad.func_attr)
9481                         type.ref->r = ad.func_attr;
9482                     external_sym(v, &type, 0);
9483                 } else {
9484                     /* not lvalue if array */
9485                     r = 0;
9486                     if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
9487                         r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
9488                     has_init = (tok == '=');
9489                     if ((btype.t & VT_EXTERN) ||
9490                         ((type.t & VT_ARRAY) && (type.t & VT_STATIC) &&
9491                          !has_init && l == VT_CONST && type.ref->c < 0)) {
9492                         /* external variable */
9493                         /* NOTE: as GCC, uninitialized global static
9494                            arrays of null size are considered as
9495                            extern */
9496                         external_sym(v, &type, r);
9497                     } else {
9498                         type.t |= (btype.t & VT_STATIC); /* Retain "static". */
9499                         if (type.t & VT_STATIC)
9500                             r |= VT_CONST;
9501                         else
9502                             r |= l;
9503                         if (has_init)
9504                             next();
9505                         decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r,
9506                                                has_init, v, l);
9507                     }
9508                 }
9509                 if (tok != ',') {
9510                     skip(';');
9511                     break;
9512                 }
9513                 next();
9514             }
9515         }
9516     }
9517 }
9518
9519 /* better than nothing, but needs extension to handle '-E' option
9520    correctly too */
9521 static void preprocess_init(TCCState *s1)
9522 {
9523     s1->include_stack_ptr = s1->include_stack;
9524     /* XXX: move that before to avoid having to initialize
9525        file->ifdef_stack_ptr ? */
9526     s1->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack;
9527     file->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr;
9528
9529     /* XXX: not ANSI compliant: bound checking says error */
9530     vtop = vstack - 1;
9531     s1->pack_stack[0] = 0;
9532     s1->pack_stack_ptr = s1->pack_stack;
9533 }
9534
9535 /* compile the C file opened in 'file'. Return non zero if errors. */
9536 static int tcc_compile(TCCState *s1)
9537 {
9538     Sym *define_start;
9539     char buf[512];
9540     volatile int section_sym;
9541
9542 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
9543     printf("%s: **** new file\n", file->filename);
9544 #endif
9545     preprocess_init(s1);
9546
9547     cur_text_section = NULL;
9548     funcname = "";
9549     anon_sym = SYM_FIRST_ANOM;
9550
9551     /* file info: full path + filename */
9552     section_sym = 0; /* avoid warning */
9553     if (do_debug) {
9554         section_sym = put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
9555                                   ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION), 0,
9556                                   text_section->sh_num, NULL);
9557         getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf));
9558 #ifdef _WIN32
9559         normalize_slashes(buf);
9560 #endif
9561         pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), "/");
9562         put_stabs_r(buf, N_SO, 0, 0,
9563                     text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9564         put_stabs_r(file->filename, N_SO, 0, 0,
9565                     text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9566     }
9567     /* an elf symbol of type STT_FILE must be put so that STB_LOCAL
9568        symbols can be safely used */
9569     put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
9570                 ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE), 0,
9571                 SHN_ABS, file->filename);
9572
9573     /* define some often used types */
9574     int_type.t = VT_INT;
9575
9576     char_pointer_type.t = VT_BYTE;
9577     mk_pointer(&char_pointer_type);
9578
9579     func_old_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9580     func_old_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &int_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9581
9582 #if defined(TCC_ARM_EABI) && defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
9583     float_type.t = VT_FLOAT;
9584     double_type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
9585
9586     func_float_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9587     func_float_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &float_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9588     func_double_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9589     func_double_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &double_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9590 #endif
9591
9592 #if 0
9593     /* define 'void *alloca(unsigned int)' builtin function */
9594     {
9595         Sym *s1;
9596
9597         p = anon_sym++;
9598         sym = sym_push(p, mk_pointer(VT_VOID), FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_NEW);
9599         s1 = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, VT_UNSIGNED | VT_INT, 0, 0);
9600         s1->next = NULL;
9601         sym->next = s1;
9602         sym_push(TOK_alloca, VT_FUNC | (p << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT), VT_CONST, 0);
9603     }
9604 #endif
9605
9606     define_start = define_stack;
9607     nocode_wanted = 1;
9608
9609     if (setjmp(s1->error_jmp_buf) == 0) {
9610         s1->nb_errors = 0;
9611         s1->error_set_jmp_enabled = 1;
9612
9613         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9614         tok_flags = TOK_FLAG_BOL | TOK_FLAG_BOF;
9615         parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM;
9616         next();
9617         decl(VT_CONST);
9618         if (tok != TOK_EOF)
9619             expect("declaration");
9620
9621         /* end of translation unit info */
9622         if (do_debug) {
9623             put_stabs_r(NULL, N_SO, 0, 0,
9624                         text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9625         }
9626     }
9627     s1->error_set_jmp_enabled = 0;
9628
9629     /* reset define stack, but leave -Dsymbols (may be incorrect if
9630        they are undefined) */
9631     free_defines(define_start);
9632
9633     gen_inline_functions();
9634
9635     sym_pop(&global_stack, NULL);
9636     sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL);
9637
9638     return s1->nb_errors != 0 ? -1 : 0;
9639 }
9640
9641 /* Preprocess the current file */
9642 /* XXX: add line and file infos, add options to preserve spaces */
9643 static int tcc_preprocess(TCCState *s1)
9644 {
9645     Sym *define_start;
9646     int last_is_space;
9647
9648     preprocess_init(s1);
9649
9650     define_start = define_stack;
9651
9652     ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9653     tok_flags = TOK_FLAG_BOL | TOK_FLAG_BOF;
9654     parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS | PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS |
9655         PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED;
9656     last_is_space = 1;
9657     next();
9658     for(;;) {
9659         if (tok == TOK_EOF) {
9660             break;
9661         } else if (tok == TOK_LINEFEED) {
9662             last_is_space = 1;
9663         } else {
9664             if (!last_is_space)
9665                 fputc(' ', s1->outfile);
9666             last_is_space = 0;
9667         }
9668         fputs(get_tok_str(tok, &tokc), s1->outfile);
9669         next();
9670     }
9671     free_defines(define_start);
9672     return 0;
9673 }
9674
9675 #ifdef LIBTCC
9676 int tcc_compile_string(TCCState *s, const char *str)
9677 {
9678     BufferedFile bf1, *bf = &bf1;
9679     int ret, len;
9680     char *buf;
9681
9682     /* init file structure */
9683     bf->fd = -1;
9684     /* XXX: avoid copying */
9685     len = strlen(str);
9686     buf = tcc_malloc(len + 1);
9687     if (!buf)
9688         return -1;
9689     memcpy(buf, str, len);
9690     buf[len] = CH_EOB;
9691     bf->buf_ptr = buf;
9692     bf->buf_end = buf + len;
9693     pstrcpy(bf->filename, sizeof(bf->filename), "<string>");
9694     bf->line_num = 1;
9695     file = bf;
9696     ret = tcc_compile(s);
9697     file = NULL;
9698     tcc_free(buf);
9699
9700     /* currently, no need to close */
9701     return ret;
9702 }
9703 #endif
9704
9705 /* define a preprocessor symbol. A value can also be provided with the '=' operator */
9706 void tcc_define_symbol(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, const char *value)
9707 {
9708     BufferedFile bf1, *bf = &bf1;
9709
9710     pstrcpy(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, sym);
9711     pstrcat(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, " ");
9712     /* default value */
9713     if (!value)
9714         value = "1";
9715     pstrcat(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, value);
9716
9717     /* init file structure */
9718     bf->fd = -1;
9719     bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
9720     bf->buf_end = bf->buffer + strlen(bf->buffer);
9721     *bf->buf_end = CH_EOB;
9722     bf->filename[0] = '\0';
9723     bf->line_num = 1;
9724     file = bf;
9725
9726     s1->include_stack_ptr = s1->include_stack;
9727
9728     /* parse with define parser */
9729     ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9730     next_nomacro();
9731     parse_define();
9732     file = NULL;
9733 }
9734
9735 /* undefine a preprocessor symbol */
9736 void tcc_undefine_symbol(TCCState *s1, const char *sym)
9737 {
9738     TokenSym *ts;
9739     Sym *s;
9740     ts = tok_alloc(sym, strlen(sym));
9741     s = define_find(ts->tok);
9742     /* undefine symbol by putting an invalid name */
9743     if (s)
9744         define_undef(s);
9745 }
9746
9747 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
9748
9749 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
9750 #include "i386-asm.c"
9751 #endif
9752 #include "tccasm.c"
9753
9754 #else
9755 static void asm_instr(void)
9756 {
9757     error("inline asm() not supported");
9758 }
9759 static void asm_global_instr(void)
9760 {
9761     error("inline asm() not supported");
9762 }
9763 #endif
9764
9765 #include "tccelf.c"
9766
9767 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
9768 #include "tcccoff.c"
9769 #endif
9770
9771 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
9772 #include "tccpe.c"
9773 #endif
9774
9775 /* print the position in the source file of PC value 'pc' by reading
9776    the stabs debug information */
9777 static void rt_printline(unsigned long wanted_pc)
9778 {
9779     Stab_Sym *sym, *sym_end;
9780     char func_name[128], last_func_name[128];
9781     unsigned long func_addr, last_pc, pc;
9782     const char *incl_files[INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE];
9783     int incl_index, len, last_line_num, i;
9784     const char *str, *p;
9785
9786     fprintf(stderr, "0x%08lx:", wanted_pc);
9787
9788     func_name[0] = '\0';
9789     func_addr = 0;
9790     incl_index = 0;
9791     last_func_name[0] = '\0';
9792     last_pc = 0xffffffff;
9793     last_line_num = 1;
9794     sym = (Stab_Sym *)stab_section->data + 1;
9795     sym_end = (Stab_Sym *)(stab_section->data + stab_section->data_offset);
9796     while (sym < sym_end) {
9797         switch(sym->n_type) {
9798             /* function start or end */
9799         case N_FUN:
9800             if (sym->n_strx == 0) {
9801                 /* we test if between last line and end of function */
9802                 pc = sym->n_value + func_addr;
9803                 if (wanted_pc >= last_pc && wanted_pc < pc)
9804                     goto found;
9805                 func_name[0] = '\0';
9806                 func_addr = 0;
9807             } else {
9808                 str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9809                 p = strchr(str, ':');
9810                 if (!p) {
9811                     pstrcpy(func_name, sizeof(func_name), str);
9812                 } else {
9813                     len = p - str;
9814                     if (len > sizeof(func_name) - 1)
9815                         len = sizeof(func_name) - 1;
9816                     memcpy(func_name, str, len);
9817                     func_name[len] = '\0';
9818                 }
9819                 func_addr = sym->n_value;
9820             }
9821             break;
9822             /* line number info */
9823         case N_SLINE:
9824             pc = sym->n_value + func_addr;
9825             if (wanted_pc >= last_pc && wanted_pc < pc)
9826                 goto found;
9827             last_pc = pc;
9828             last_line_num = sym->n_desc;
9829             /* XXX: slow! */
9830             strcpy(last_func_name, func_name);
9831             break;
9832             /* include files */
9833         case N_BINCL:
9834             str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9835         add_incl:
9836             if (incl_index < INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE) {
9837                 incl_files[incl_index++] = str;
9838             }
9839             break;
9840         case N_EINCL:
9841             if (incl_index > 1)
9842                 incl_index--;
9843             break;
9844         case N_SO:
9845             if (sym->n_strx == 0) {
9846                 incl_index = 0; /* end of translation unit */
9847             } else {
9848                 str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9849                 /* do not add path */
9850                 len = strlen(str);
9851                 if (len > 0 && str[len - 1] != '/')
9852                     goto add_incl;
9853             }
9854             break;
9855         }
9856         sym++;
9857     }
9858
9859     /* second pass: we try symtab symbols (no line number info) */
9860     incl_index = 0;
9861     {
9862         Elf32_Sym *sym, *sym_end;
9863         int type;
9864
9865         sym_end = (Elf32_Sym *)(symtab_section->data + symtab_section->data_offset);
9866         for(sym = (Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data + 1;
9867             sym < sym_end;
9868             sym++) {
9869             type = ELF32_ST_TYPE(sym->st_info);
9870             if (type == STT_FUNC) {
9871                 if (wanted_pc >= sym->st_value &&
9872                     wanted_pc < sym->st_value + sym->st_size) {
9873                     pstrcpy(last_func_name, sizeof(last_func_name),
9874                             strtab_section->data + sym->st_name);
9875                     goto found;
9876                 }
9877             }
9878         }
9879     }
9880     /* did not find any info: */
9881     fprintf(stderr, " ???\n");
9882     return;
9883  found:
9884     if (last_func_name[0] != '\0') {
9885         fprintf(stderr, " %s()", last_func_name);
9886     }
9887     if (incl_index > 0) {
9888         fprintf(stderr, " (%s:%d",
9889                 incl_files[incl_index - 1], last_line_num);
9890         for(i = incl_index - 2; i >= 0; i--)
9891             fprintf(stderr, ", included from %s", incl_files[i]);
9892         fprintf(stderr, ")");
9893     }
9894     fprintf(stderr, "\n");
9895 }
9896
9897 #if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
9898
9899 #ifdef __i386__
9900
9901 /* fix for glibc 2.1 */
9902 #ifndef REG_EIP
9903 #define REG_EIP EIP
9904 #define REG_EBP EBP
9905 #endif
9906
9907 /* return the PC at frame level 'level'. Return non zero if not found */
9908 static int rt_get_caller_pc(unsigned long *paddr,
9909                             ucontext_t *uc, int level)
9910 {
9911     unsigned long fp;
9912     int i;
9913
9914     if (level == 0) {
9915 #if defined(__FreeBSD__)
9916         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.mc_eip;
9917 #elif defined(__dietlibc__)
9918         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.eip;
9919 #else
9920         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_EIP];
9921 #endif
9922         return 0;
9923     } else {
9924 #if defined(__FreeBSD__)
9925         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.mc_ebp;
9926 #elif defined(__dietlibc__)
9927         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.ebp;
9928 #else
9929         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_EBP];
9930 #endif
9931         for(i=1;i<level;i++) {
9932             /* XXX: check address validity with program info */
9933             if (fp <= 0x1000 || fp >= 0xc0000000)
9934                 return -1;
9935             fp = ((unsigned long *)fp)[0];
9936         }
9937         *paddr = ((unsigned long *)fp)[1];
9938         return 0;
9939     }
9940 }
9941 #else
9942
9943 #warning add arch specific rt_get_caller_pc()
9944
9945 static int rt_get_caller_pc(unsigned long *paddr,
9946                             ucontext_t *uc, int level)
9947 {
9948     return -1;
9949 }
9950 #endif
9951
9952 /* emit a run time error at position 'pc' */
9953 void rt_error(ucontext_t *uc, const char *fmt, ...)
9954 {
9955     va_list ap;
9956     unsigned long pc;
9957     int i;
9958
9959     va_start(ap, fmt);
9960     fprintf(stderr, "Runtime error: ");
9961     vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
9962     fprintf(stderr, "\n");
9963     for(i=0;i<num_callers;i++) {
9964         if (rt_get_caller_pc(&pc, uc, i) < 0)
9965             break;
9966         if (i == 0)
9967             fprintf(stderr, "at ");
9968         else
9969             fprintf(stderr, "by ");
9970         rt_printline(pc);
9971     }
9972     exit(255);
9973     va_end(ap);
9974 }
9975
9976 /* signal handler for fatal errors */
9977 static void sig_error(int signum, siginfo_t *siginf, void *puc)
9978 {
9979     ucontext_t *uc = puc;
9980
9981     switch(signum) {
9982     case SIGFPE:
9983         switch(siginf->si_code) {
9984         case FPE_INTDIV:
9985         case FPE_FLTDIV:
9986             rt_error(uc, "division by zero");
9987             break;
9988         default:
9989             rt_error(uc, "floating point exception");
9990             break;
9991         }
9992         break;
9993     case SIGBUS:
9994     case SIGSEGV:
9995         if (rt_bound_error_msg && *rt_bound_error_msg)
9996             rt_error(uc, *rt_bound_error_msg);
9997         else
9998             rt_error(uc, "dereferencing invalid pointer");
9999         break;
10000     case SIGILL:
10001         rt_error(uc, "illegal instruction");
10002         break;
10003     case SIGABRT:
10004         rt_error(uc, "abort() called");
10005         break;
10006     default:
10007         rt_error(uc, "caught signal %d", signum);
10008         break;
10009     }
10010     exit(255);
10011 }
10012 #endif
10013
10014 /* do all relocations (needed before using tcc_get_symbol()) */
10015 int tcc_relocate(TCCState *s1)
10016 {
10017     Section *s;
10018     int i;
10019
10020     s1->nb_errors = 0;
10021
10022 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10023     pe_add_runtime(s1);
10024 #else
10025     tcc_add_runtime(s1);
10026 #endif
10027
10028     relocate_common_syms();
10029
10030     tcc_add_linker_symbols(s1);
10031 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10032     build_got_entries(s1);
10033 #endif
10034     /* compute relocation address : section are relocated in place. We
10035        also alloc the bss space */
10036     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10037         s = s1->sections[i];
10038         if (s->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) {
10039             if (s->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
10040                 s->data = tcc_mallocz(s->data_offset);
10041             s->sh_addr = (unsigned long)s->data;
10042         }
10043     }
10044
10045     relocate_syms(s1, 1);
10046
10047     if (s1->nb_errors != 0)
10048         return -1;
10049
10050     /* relocate each section */
10051     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10052         s = s1->sections[i];
10053         if (s->reloc)
10054             relocate_section(s1, s);
10055     }
10056
10057     /* mark executable sections as executable in memory */
10058     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10059         s = s1->sections[i];
10060         if ((s->sh_flags & (SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR)) ==
10061             (SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR))
10062             set_pages_executable(s->data, s->data_offset);
10063     }
10064     return 0;
10065 }
10066
10067 /* launch the compiled program with the given arguments */
10068 int tcc_run(TCCState *s1, int argc, char **argv)
10069 {
10070     int (*prog_main)(int, char **);
10071
10072     if (tcc_relocate(s1) < 0)
10073         return -1;
10074
10075     prog_main = tcc_get_symbol_err(s1, "main");
10076
10077     if (do_debug) {
10078 #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
10079         error("debug mode currently not available for Windows");
10080 #else
10081         struct sigaction sigact;
10082         /* install TCC signal handlers to print debug info on fatal
10083            runtime errors */
10084         sigact.sa_flags = SA_SIGINFO | SA_RESETHAND;
10085         sigact.sa_sigaction = sig_error;
10086         sigemptyset(&sigact.sa_mask);
10087         sigaction(SIGFPE, &sigact, NULL);
10088         sigaction(SIGILL, &sigact, NULL);
10089         sigaction(SIGSEGV, &sigact, NULL);
10090         sigaction(SIGBUS, &sigact, NULL);
10091         sigaction(SIGABRT, &sigact, NULL);
10092 #endif
10093     }
10094
10095 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10096     if (do_bounds_check) {
10097         void (*bound_init)(void);
10098
10099         /* set error function */
10100         rt_bound_error_msg = (void *)tcc_get_symbol_err(s1,
10101                                                         "__bound_error_msg");
10102
10103         /* XXX: use .init section so that it also work in binary ? */
10104         bound_init = (void *)tcc_get_symbol_err(s1, "__bound_init");
10105         bound_init();
10106     }
10107 #endif
10108     return (*prog_main)(argc, argv);
10109 }
10110
10111 void tcc_memstats(void)
10112 {
10113 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
10114     printf("memory in use: %d\n", mem_cur_size);
10115 #endif
10116 }
10117
10118 static void tcc_cleanup(void)
10119 {
10120     int i, n;
10121
10122     if (NULL == tcc_state)
10123         return;
10124     tcc_state = NULL;
10125
10126     /* free -D defines */
10127     free_defines(NULL);
10128
10129     /* free tokens */
10130     n = tok_ident - TOK_IDENT;
10131     for(i = 0; i < n; i++)
10132         tcc_free(table_ident[i]);
10133     tcc_free(table_ident);
10134
10135     /* free sym_pools */
10136     dynarray_reset(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools);
10137     /* string buffer */
10138     cstr_free(&tokcstr);
10139     /* reset symbol stack */
10140     sym_free_first = NULL;
10141     /* cleanup from error/setjmp */
10142     macro_ptr = NULL;
10143 }
10144
10145 TCCState *tcc_new(void)
10146 {
10147     const char *p, *r;
10148     TCCState *s;
10149     TokenSym *ts;
10150     int i, c;
10151
10152     tcc_cleanup();
10153
10154     s = tcc_mallocz(sizeof(TCCState));
10155     if (!s)
10156         return NULL;
10157     tcc_state = s;
10158     s->output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY;
10159
10160     /* init isid table */
10161     for(i=CH_EOF;i<256;i++)
10162         isidnum_table[i-CH_EOF] = isid(i) || isnum(i);
10163
10164     /* add all tokens */
10165     table_ident = NULL;
10166     memset(hash_ident, 0, TOK_HASH_SIZE * sizeof(TokenSym *));
10167
10168     tok_ident = TOK_IDENT;
10169     p = tcc_keywords;
10170     while (*p) {
10171         r = p;
10172         for(;;) {
10173             c = *r++;
10174             if (c == '\0')
10175                 break;
10176         }
10177         ts = tok_alloc(p, r - p - 1);
10178         p = r;
10179     }
10180
10181     /* we add dummy defines for some special macros to speed up tests
10182        and to have working defined() */
10183     define_push(TOK___LINE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10184     define_push(TOK___FILE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10185     define_push(TOK___DATE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10186     define_push(TOK___TIME__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10187
10188     /* standard defines */
10189     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__STDC__", NULL);
10190     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__STDC_VERSION__", "199901L");
10191 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386)
10192     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__i386__", NULL);
10193 #endif
10194 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
10195     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__ARM_ARCH_4__", NULL);
10196     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm_elf__", NULL);
10197     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm_elf", NULL);
10198     tcc_define_symbol(s, "arm_elf", NULL);
10199     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm__", NULL);
10200     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm", NULL);
10201     tcc_define_symbol(s, "arm", NULL);
10202     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__APCS_32__", NULL);
10203 #endif
10204 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10205     tcc_define_symbol(s, "_WIN32", NULL);
10206 #else
10207     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__unix__", NULL);
10208     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__unix", NULL);
10209 #if defined(__linux)
10210     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__linux__", NULL);
10211     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__linux", NULL);
10212 #endif
10213 #endif
10214     /* tiny C specific defines */
10215     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__TINYC__", NULL);
10216
10217     /* tiny C & gcc defines */
10218     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__SIZE_TYPE__", "unsigned int");
10219     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__PTRDIFF_TYPE__", "int");
10220 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10221     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__WCHAR_TYPE__", "unsigned short");
10222 #else
10223     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__WCHAR_TYPE__", "int");
10224 #endif
10225
10226 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10227     /* default library paths */
10228     tcc_add_library_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/local/lib");
10229     tcc_add_library_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/lib");
10230     tcc_add_library_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/lib");
10231 #endif
10232
10233     /* no section zero */
10234     dynarray_add((void ***)&s->sections, &s->nb_sections, NULL);
10235
10236     /* create standard sections */
10237     text_section = new_section(s, ".text", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR);
10238     data_section = new_section(s, ".data", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE);
10239     bss_section = new_section(s, ".bss", SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE);
10240
10241     /* symbols are always generated for linking stage */
10242     symtab_section = new_symtab(s, ".symtab", SHT_SYMTAB, 0,
10243                                 ".strtab",
10244                                 ".hashtab", SHF_PRIVATE);
10245     strtab_section = symtab_section->link;
10246
10247     /* private symbol table for dynamic symbols */
10248     s->dynsymtab_section = new_symtab(s, ".dynsymtab", SHT_SYMTAB, SHF_PRIVATE,
10249                                       ".dynstrtab",
10250                                       ".dynhashtab", SHF_PRIVATE);
10251     s->alacarte_link = 1;
10252
10253 #ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
10254     s->char_is_unsigned = 1;
10255 #endif
10256 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_PE) && 0
10257     /* XXX: currently the PE linker is not ready to support that */
10258     s->leading_underscore = 1;
10259 #endif
10260     return s;
10261 }
10262
10263 void tcc_delete(TCCState *s1)
10264 {
10265     int i;
10266
10267     tcc_cleanup();
10268
10269     /* free all sections */
10270     free_section(s1->dynsymtab_section);
10271
10272     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++)
10273         free_section(s1->sections[i]);
10274     tcc_free(s1->sections);
10275
10276     /* free any loaded DLLs */
10277     for ( i = 0; i < s1->nb_loaded_dlls; i++)
10278     {
10279         DLLReference *ref = s1->loaded_dlls[i];
10280         if ( ref->handle )
10281             dlclose(ref->handle);
10282     }
10283
10284     /* free loaded dlls array */
10285     dynarray_reset(&s1->loaded_dlls, &s1->nb_loaded_dlls);
10286
10287     /* free library paths */
10288     dynarray_reset(&s1->library_paths, &s1->nb_library_paths);
10289
10290     /* free include paths */
10291     dynarray_reset(&s1->cached_includes, &s1->nb_cached_includes);
10292     dynarray_reset(&s1->include_paths, &s1->nb_include_paths);
10293     dynarray_reset(&s1->sysinclude_paths, &s1->nb_sysinclude_paths);
10294
10295     tcc_free(s1);
10296 }
10297
10298 int tcc_add_include_path(TCCState *s1, const char *pathname)
10299 {
10300     char *pathname1;
10301
10302     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10303     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->include_paths, &s1->nb_include_paths, pathname1);
10304     return 0;
10305 }
10306
10307 int tcc_add_sysinclude_path(TCCState *s1, const char *pathname)
10308 {
10309     char *pathname1;
10310
10311     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10312     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->sysinclude_paths, &s1->nb_sysinclude_paths, pathname1);
10313     return 0;
10314 }
10315
10316 static int tcc_add_file_internal(TCCState *s1, const char *filename, int flags)
10317 {
10318     const char *ext;
10319     Elf32_Ehdr ehdr;
10320     int fd, ret;
10321     BufferedFile *saved_file;
10322
10323     /* find source file type with extension */
10324     ext = tcc_fileextension(filename);
10325     if (ext[0])
10326         ext++;
10327
10328     /* open the file */
10329     saved_file = file;
10330     file = tcc_open(s1, filename);
10331     if (!file) {
10332         if (flags & AFF_PRINT_ERROR) {
10333             error_noabort("file '%s' not found", filename);
10334         }
10335         ret = -1;
10336         goto fail1;
10337     }
10338
10339     if (flags & AFF_PREPROCESS) {
10340         ret = tcc_preprocess(s1);
10341     } else if (!ext[0] || !strcmp(ext, "c")) {
10342         /* C file assumed */
10343         ret = tcc_compile(s1);
10344     } else
10345 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
10346     if (!strcmp(ext, "S")) {
10347         /* preprocessed assembler */
10348         ret = tcc_assemble(s1, 1);
10349     } else if (!strcmp(ext, "s")) {
10350         /* non preprocessed assembler */
10351         ret = tcc_assemble(s1, 0);
10352     } else
10353 #endif
10354 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10355     if (!strcmp(ext, "def")) {
10356         ret = pe_load_def_file(s1, file->fd);
10357     } else
10358 #endif
10359     {
10360         fd = file->fd;
10361         /* assume executable format: auto guess file type */
10362         ret = read(fd, &ehdr, sizeof(ehdr));
10363         lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET);
10364         if (ret <= 0) {
10365             error_noabort("could not read header");
10366             goto fail;
10367         } else if (ret != sizeof(ehdr)) {
10368             goto try_load_script;
10369         }
10370
10371         if (ehdr.e_ident[0] == ELFMAG0 &&
10372             ehdr.e_ident[1] == ELFMAG1 &&
10373             ehdr.e_ident[2] == ELFMAG2 &&
10374             ehdr.e_ident[3] == ELFMAG3) {
10375             file->line_num = 0; /* do not display line number if error */
10376             if (ehdr.e_type == ET_REL) {
10377                 ret = tcc_load_object_file(s1, fd, 0);
10378             } else if (ehdr.e_type == ET_DYN) {
10379                 if (s1->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
10380 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10381                     ret = -1;
10382 #else
10383                     void *h;
10384                     h = dlopen(filename, RTLD_GLOBAL | RTLD_LAZY);
10385                     if (h)
10386                         ret = 0;
10387                     else
10388                         ret = -1;
10389 #endif
10390                 } else {
10391                     ret = tcc_load_dll(s1, fd, filename,
10392                                        (flags & AFF_REFERENCED_DLL) != 0);
10393                 }
10394             } else {
10395                 error_noabort("unrecognized ELF file");
10396                 goto fail;
10397             }
10398         } else if (memcmp((char *)&ehdr, ARMAG, 8) == 0) {
10399             file->line_num = 0; /* do not display line number if error */
10400             ret = tcc_load_archive(s1, fd);
10401         } else
10402 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
10403         if (*(uint16_t *)(&ehdr) == COFF_C67_MAGIC) {
10404             ret = tcc_load_coff(s1, fd);
10405         } else
10406 #endif
10407 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10408         if (pe_test_res_file(&ehdr, ret)) {
10409             ret = pe_load_res_file(s1, fd);
10410         } else
10411 #endif
10412         {
10413             /* as GNU ld, consider it is an ld script if not recognized */
10414         try_load_script:
10415             ret = tcc_load_ldscript(s1);
10416             if (ret < 0) {
10417                 error_noabort("unrecognized file type");
10418                 goto fail;
10419             }
10420         }
10421     }
10422  the_end:
10423     tcc_close(file);
10424  fail1:
10425     file = saved_file;
10426     return ret;
10427  fail:
10428     ret = -1;
10429     goto the_end;
10430 }
10431
10432 int tcc_add_file(TCCState *s, const char *filename)
10433 {
10434     return tcc_add_file_internal(s, filename, AFF_PRINT_ERROR);
10435 }
10436
10437 int tcc_add_library_path(TCCState *s, const char *pathname)
10438 {
10439     char *pathname1;
10440
10441     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10442     dynarray_add((void ***)&s->library_paths, &s->nb_library_paths, pathname1);
10443     return 0;
10444 }
10445
10446 /* find and load a dll. Return non zero if not found */
10447 /* XXX: add '-rpath' option support ? */
10448 static int tcc_add_dll(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags)
10449 {
10450     char buf[1024];
10451     int i;
10452
10453     for(i = 0; i < s->nb_library_paths; i++) {
10454         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/%s",
10455                  s->library_paths[i], filename);
10456         if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, buf, flags) == 0)
10457             return 0;
10458     }
10459     return -1;
10460 }
10461
10462 /* the library name is the same as the argument of the '-l' option */
10463 int tcc_add_library(TCCState *s, const char *libraryname)
10464 {
10465     char buf[1024];
10466     int i;
10467
10468     /* first we look for the dynamic library if not static linking */
10469     if (!s->static_link) {
10470 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10471         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s.def", libraryname);
10472 #else
10473         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "lib%s.so", libraryname);
10474 #endif
10475         if (tcc_add_dll(s, buf, 0) == 0)
10476             return 0;
10477     }
10478
10479     /* then we look for the static library */
10480     for(i = 0; i < s->nb_library_paths; i++) {
10481         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/lib%s.a",
10482                  s->library_paths[i], libraryname);
10483         if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, buf, 0) == 0)
10484             return 0;
10485     }
10486     return -1;
10487 }
10488
10489 int tcc_add_symbol(TCCState *s, const char *name, unsigned long val)
10490 {
10491     add_elf_sym(symtab_section, val, 0,
10492                 ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_GLOBAL, STT_NOTYPE), 0,
10493                 SHN_ABS, name);
10494     return 0;
10495 }
10496
10497 int tcc_set_output_type(TCCState *s, int output_type)
10498 {
10499     char buf[1024];
10500
10501     s->output_type = output_type;
10502
10503     if (!s->nostdinc) {
10504         /* default include paths */
10505         /* XXX: reverse order needed if -isystem support */
10506 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10507         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/local/include");
10508         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/include");
10509 #endif
10510         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/include", tcc_lib_path);
10511         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, buf);
10512 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10513         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/include/winapi", tcc_lib_path);
10514         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, buf);
10515 #endif
10516     }
10517
10518     /* if bound checking, then add corresponding sections */
10519 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10520     if (do_bounds_check) {
10521         /* define symbol */
10522         tcc_define_symbol(s, "__BOUNDS_CHECKING_ON", NULL);
10523         /* create bounds sections */
10524         bounds_section = new_section(s, ".bounds",
10525                                      SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
10526         lbounds_section = new_section(s, ".lbounds",
10527                                       SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
10528     }
10529 #endif
10530
10531     if (s->char_is_unsigned) {
10532         tcc_define_symbol(s, "__CHAR_UNSIGNED__", NULL);
10533     }
10534
10535     /* add debug sections */
10536     if (do_debug) {
10537         /* stab symbols */
10538         stab_section = new_section(s, ".stab", SHT_PROGBITS, 0);
10539         stab_section->sh_entsize = sizeof(Stab_Sym);
10540         stabstr_section = new_section(s, ".stabstr", SHT_STRTAB, 0);
10541         put_elf_str(stabstr_section, "");
10542         stab_section->link = stabstr_section;
10543         /* put first entry */
10544         put_stabs("", 0, 0, 0, 0);
10545     }
10546
10547     /* add libc crt1/crti objects */
10548 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10549     if ((output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_EXE || output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_DLL) &&
10550         !s->nostdlib) {
10551         if (output_type != TCC_OUTPUT_DLL)
10552             tcc_add_file(s, CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/crt1.o");
10553         tcc_add_file(s, CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/crti.o");
10554     }
10555 #endif
10556
10557 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10558     snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/lib", tcc_lib_path);
10559     tcc_add_library_path(s, buf);
10560 #endif
10561
10562     return 0;
10563 }
10564
10565 #define WD_ALL    0x0001 /* warning is activated when using -Wall */
10566 #define FD_INVERT 0x0002 /* invert value before storing */
10567
10568 typedef struct FlagDef {
10569     uint16_t offset;
10570     uint16_t flags;
10571     const char *name;
10572 } FlagDef;
10573
10574 static const FlagDef warning_defs[] = {
10575     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_unsupported), 0, "unsupported" },
10576     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_write_strings), 0, "write-strings" },
10577     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_error), 0, "error" },
10578     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_implicit_function_declaration), WD_ALL,
10579       "implicit-function-declaration" },
10580 };
10581
10582 static int set_flag(TCCState *s, const FlagDef *flags, int nb_flags,
10583                     const char *name, int value)
10584 {
10585     int i;
10586     const FlagDef *p;
10587     const char *r;
10588
10589     r = name;
10590     if (r[0] == 'n' && r[1] == 'o' && r[2] == '-') {
10591         r += 3;
10592         value = !value;
10593     }
10594     for(i = 0, p = flags; i < nb_flags; i++, p++) {
10595         if (!strcmp(r, p->name))
10596             goto found;
10597     }
10598     return -1;
10599  found:
10600     if (p->flags & FD_INVERT)
10601         value = !value;
10602     *(int *)((uint8_t *)s + p->offset) = value;
10603     return 0;
10604 }
10605
10606
10607 /* set/reset a warning */
10608 int tcc_set_warning(TCCState *s, const char *warning_name, int value)
10609 {
10610     int i;
10611     const FlagDef *p;
10612
10613     if (!strcmp(warning_name, "all")) {
10614         for(i = 0, p = warning_defs; i < countof(warning_defs); i++, p++) {
10615             if (p->flags & WD_ALL)
10616                 *(int *)((uint8_t *)s + p->offset) = 1;
10617         }
10618         return 0;
10619     } else {
10620         return set_flag(s, warning_defs, countof(warning_defs),
10621                         warning_name, value);
10622     }
10623 }
10624
10625 static const FlagDef flag_defs[] = {
10626     { offsetof(TCCState, char_is_unsigned), 0, "unsigned-char" },
10627     { offsetof(TCCState, char_is_unsigned), FD_INVERT, "signed-char" },
10628     { offsetof(TCCState, nocommon), FD_INVERT, "common" },
10629     { offsetof(TCCState, leading_underscore), 0, "leading-underscore" },
10630 };
10631
10632 /* set/reset a flag */
10633 int tcc_set_flag(TCCState *s, const char *flag_name, int value)
10634 {
10635     return set_flag(s, flag_defs, countof(flag_defs),
10636                     flag_name, value);
10637 }
10638
10639 #if !defined(LIBTCC)
10640
10641 static int64_t getclock_us(void)
10642 {
10643 #ifdef _WIN32
10644     struct _timeb tb;
10645     _ftime(&tb);
10646     return (tb.time * 1000LL + tb.millitm) * 1000LL;
10647 #else
10648     struct timeval tv;
10649     gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
10650     return tv.tv_sec * 1000000LL + tv.tv_usec;
10651 #endif
10652 }
10653
10654 void help(void)
10655 {
10656     printf("tcc version " TCC_VERSION " - Tiny C Compiler - Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Fabrice Bellard\n"
10657            "usage: tcc [-v] [-c] [-o outfile] [-Bdir] [-bench] [-Idir] [-Dsym[=val]] [-Usym]\n"
10658            "           [-Wwarn] [-g] [-b] [-bt N] [-Ldir] [-llib] [-shared] [-soname name]\n"
10659            "           [-static] [infile1 infile2...] [-run infile args...]\n"
10660            "\n"
10661            "General options:\n"
10662            "  -v          display current version, increase verbosity\n"
10663            "  -c          compile only - generate an object file\n"
10664            "  -o outfile  set output filename\n"
10665            "  -Bdir       set tcc internal library path\n"
10666            "  -bench      output compilation statistics\n"
10667            "  -run        run compiled source\n"
10668            "  -fflag      set or reset (with 'no-' prefix) 'flag' (see man page)\n"
10669            "  -Wwarning   set or reset (with 'no-' prefix) 'warning' (see man page)\n"
10670            "  -w          disable all warnings\n"
10671            "Preprocessor options:\n"
10672            "  -E          preprocess only\n"
10673            "  -Idir       add include path 'dir'\n"
10674            "  -Dsym[=val] define 'sym' with value 'val'\n"
10675            "  -Usym       undefine 'sym'\n"
10676            "Linker options:\n"
10677            "  -Ldir       add library path 'dir'\n"
10678            "  -llib       link with dynamic or static library 'lib'\n"
10679            "  -shared     generate a shared library\n"
10680            "  -soname     set name for shared library to be used at runtime\n"
10681            "  -static     static linking\n"
10682            "  -rdynamic   export all global symbols to dynamic linker\n"
10683            "  -r          generate (relocatable) object file\n"
10684            "Debugger options:\n"
10685            "  -g          generate runtime debug info\n"
10686 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10687            "  -b          compile with built-in memory and bounds checker (implies -g)\n"
10688 #endif
10689            "  -bt N       show N callers in stack traces\n"
10690            );
10691 }
10692
10693 #define TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG 0x0001
10694 #define TCC_OPTION_NOSEP   0x0002 /* cannot have space before option and arg */
10695
10696 typedef struct TCCOption {
10697     const char *name;
10698     uint16_t index;
10699     uint16_t flags;
10700 } TCCOption;
10701
10702 enum {
10703     TCC_OPTION_HELP,
10704     TCC_OPTION_I,
10705     TCC_OPTION_D,
10706     TCC_OPTION_U,
10707     TCC_OPTION_L,
10708     TCC_OPTION_B,
10709     TCC_OPTION_l,
10710     TCC_OPTION_bench,
10711     TCC_OPTION_bt,
10712     TCC_OPTION_b,
10713     TCC_OPTION_g,
10714     TCC_OPTION_c,
10715     TCC_OPTION_static,
10716     TCC_OPTION_shared,
10717     TCC_OPTION_soname,
10718     TCC_OPTION_o,
10719     TCC_OPTION_r,
10720     TCC_OPTION_Wl,
10721     TCC_OPTION_W,
10722     TCC_OPTION_O,
10723     TCC_OPTION_m,
10724     TCC_OPTION_f,
10725     TCC_OPTION_nostdinc,
10726     TCC_OPTION_nostdlib,
10727     TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs,
10728     TCC_OPTION_rdynamic,
10729     TCC_OPTION_run,
10730     TCC_OPTION_v,
10731     TCC_OPTION_w,
10732     TCC_OPTION_pipe,
10733     TCC_OPTION_E,
10734 };
10735
10736 static const TCCOption tcc_options[] = {
10737     { "h", TCC_OPTION_HELP, 0 },
10738     { "?", TCC_OPTION_HELP, 0 },
10739     { "I", TCC_OPTION_I, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10740     { "D", TCC_OPTION_D, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10741     { "U", TCC_OPTION_U, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10742     { "L", TCC_OPTION_L, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10743     { "B", TCC_OPTION_B, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10744     { "l", TCC_OPTION_l, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10745     { "bench", TCC_OPTION_bench, 0 },
10746     { "bt", TCC_OPTION_bt, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10747 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10748     { "b", TCC_OPTION_b, 0 },
10749 #endif
10750     { "g", TCC_OPTION_g, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10751     { "c", TCC_OPTION_c, 0 },
10752     { "static", TCC_OPTION_static, 0 },
10753     { "shared", TCC_OPTION_shared, 0 },
10754     { "soname", TCC_OPTION_soname, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10755     { "o", TCC_OPTION_o, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10756     { "run", TCC_OPTION_run, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10757     { "rdynamic", TCC_OPTION_rdynamic, 0 },
10758     { "r", TCC_OPTION_r, 0 },
10759     { "Wl,", TCC_OPTION_Wl, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10760     { "W", TCC_OPTION_W, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10761     { "O", TCC_OPTION_O, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10762     { "m", TCC_OPTION_m, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10763     { "f", TCC_OPTION_f, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10764     { "nostdinc", TCC_OPTION_nostdinc, 0 },
10765     { "nostdlib", TCC_OPTION_nostdlib, 0 },
10766     { "print-search-dirs", TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs, 0 },
10767     { "v", TCC_OPTION_v, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10768     { "w", TCC_OPTION_w, 0 },
10769     { "pipe", TCC_OPTION_pipe, 0},
10770     { "E", TCC_OPTION_E, 0},
10771     { NULL },
10772 };
10773
10774 /* convert 'str' into an array of space separated strings */
10775 static int expand_args(char ***pargv, const char *str)
10776 {
10777     const char *s1;
10778     char **argv, *arg;
10779     int argc, len;
10780
10781     argc = 0;
10782     argv = NULL;
10783     for(;;) {
10784         while (is_space(*str))
10785             str++;
10786         if (*str == '\0')
10787             break;
10788         s1 = str;
10789         while (*str != '\0' && !is_space(*str))
10790             str++;
10791         len = str - s1;
10792         arg = tcc_malloc(len + 1);
10793         memcpy(arg, s1, len);
10794         arg[len] = '\0';
10795         dynarray_add((void ***)&argv, &argc, arg);
10796     }
10797     *pargv = argv;
10798     return argc;
10799 }
10800
10801 static char **files;
10802 static int nb_files, nb_libraries;
10803 static int multiple_files;
10804 static int print_search_dirs;
10805 static int output_type;
10806 static int reloc_output;
10807 static const char *outfile;
10808
10809 int parse_args(TCCState *s, int argc, char **argv)
10810 {
10811     int optind;
10812     const TCCOption *popt;
10813     const char *optarg, *p1, *r1;
10814     char *r;
10815
10816     optind = 0;
10817     while (optind < argc) {
10818
10819         r = argv[optind++];
10820         if (r[0] != '-' || r[1] == '\0') {
10821             /* add a new file */
10822             dynarray_add((void ***)&files, &nb_files, r);
10823             if (!multiple_files) {
10824                 optind--;
10825                 /* argv[0] will be this file */
10826                 break;
10827             }
10828         } else {
10829             /* find option in table (match only the first chars */
10830             popt = tcc_options;
10831             for(;;) {
10832                 p1 = popt->name;
10833                 if (p1 == NULL)
10834                     error("invalid option -- '%s'", r);
10835                 r1 = r + 1;
10836                 for(;;) {
10837                     if (*p1 == '\0')
10838                         goto option_found;
10839                     if (*r1 != *p1)
10840                         break;
10841                     p1++;
10842                     r1++;
10843                 }
10844                 popt++;
10845             }
10846         option_found:
10847             if (popt->flags & TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG) {
10848                 if (*r1 != '\0' || (popt->flags & TCC_OPTION_NOSEP)) {
10849                     optarg = r1;
10850                 } else {
10851                     if (optind >= argc)
10852                         error("argument to '%s' is missing", r);
10853                     optarg = argv[optind++];
10854                 }
10855             } else {
10856                 if (*r1 != '\0')
10857                     return 0;
10858                 optarg = NULL;
10859             }
10860
10861             switch(popt->index) {
10862             case TCC_OPTION_HELP:
10863                 return 0;
10864
10865             case TCC_OPTION_I:
10866                 if (tcc_add_include_path(s, optarg) < 0)
10867                     error("too many include paths");
10868                 break;
10869             case TCC_OPTION_D:
10870                 {
10871                     char *sym, *value;
10872                     sym = (char *)optarg;
10873                     value = strchr(sym, '=');
10874                     if (value) {
10875                         *value = '\0';
10876                         value++;
10877                     }
10878                     tcc_define_symbol(s, sym, value);
10879                 }
10880                 break;
10881             case TCC_OPTION_U:
10882                 tcc_undefine_symbol(s, optarg);
10883                 break;
10884             case TCC_OPTION_L:
10885                 tcc_add_library_path(s, optarg);
10886                 break;
10887             case TCC_OPTION_B:
10888                 /* set tcc utilities path (mainly for tcc development) */
10889                 tcc_lib_path = optarg;
10890                 break;
10891             case TCC_OPTION_l:
10892                 dynarray_add((void ***)&files, &nb_files, r);
10893                 nb_libraries++;
10894                 break;
10895             case TCC_OPTION_bench:
10896                 do_bench = 1;
10897                 break;
10898             case TCC_OPTION_bt:
10899                 num_callers = atoi(optarg);
10900                 break;
10901 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10902             case TCC_OPTION_b:
10903                 do_bounds_check = 1;
10904                 do_debug = 1;
10905                 break;
10906 #endif
10907             case TCC_OPTION_g:
10908                 do_debug = 1;
10909                 break;
10910             case TCC_OPTION_c:
10911                 multiple_files = 1;
10912                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ;
10913                 break;
10914             case TCC_OPTION_static:
10915                 s->static_link = 1;
10916                 break;
10917             case TCC_OPTION_shared:
10918                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_DLL;
10919                 break;
10920             case TCC_OPTION_soname:
10921                 s->soname = optarg;
10922                 break;
10923             case TCC_OPTION_o:
10924                 multiple_files = 1;
10925                 outfile = optarg;
10926                 break;
10927             case TCC_OPTION_r:
10928                 /* generate a .o merging several output files */
10929                 reloc_output = 1;
10930                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ;
10931                 break;
10932             case TCC_OPTION_nostdinc:
10933                 s->nostdinc = 1;
10934                 break;
10935             case TCC_OPTION_nostdlib:
10936                 s->nostdlib = 1;
10937                 break;
10938             case TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs:
10939                 print_search_dirs = 1;
10940                 break;
10941             case TCC_OPTION_run:
10942                 {
10943                     int argc1;
10944                     char **argv1;
10945                     argc1 = expand_args(&argv1, optarg);
10946                     if (argc1 > 0) {
10947                         parse_args(s, argc1, argv1);
10948                     }
10949                     multiple_files = 0;
10950                     output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY;
10951                 }
10952                 break;
10953             case TCC_OPTION_v:
10954                 do {
10955                     if (0 == verbose++)
10956                         printf("tcc version %s\n", TCC_VERSION);
10957                 } while (*optarg++ == 'v');
10958                 break;
10959             case TCC_OPTION_f:
10960                 if (tcc_set_flag(s, optarg, 1) < 0 && s->warn_unsupported)
10961                     goto unsupported_option;
10962                 break;
10963             case TCC_OPTION_W:
10964                 if (tcc_set_warning(s, optarg, 1) < 0 &&
10965                     s->warn_unsupported)
10966                     goto unsupported_option;
10967                 break;
10968             case TCC_OPTION_w:
10969                 s->warn_none = 1;
10970                 break;
10971             case TCC_OPTION_rdynamic:
10972                 s->rdynamic = 1;
10973                 break;
10974             case TCC_OPTION_Wl:
10975                 {
10976                     const char *p;
10977                     if (strstart(optarg, "-Ttext,", &p)) {
10978                         s->text_addr = strtoul(p, NULL, 16);
10979                         s->has_text_addr = 1;
10980                     } else if (strstart(optarg, "--oformat,", &p)) {
10981                         if (strstart(p, "elf32-", NULL)) {
10982                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_ELF;
10983                         } else if (!strcmp(p, "binary")) {
10984                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_BINARY;
10985                         } else
10986 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
10987                         if (!strcmp(p, "coff")) {
10988                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_COFF;
10989                         } else
10990 #endif
10991                         {
10992                             error("target %s not found", p);
10993                         }
10994                     } else {
10995                         error("unsupported linker option '%s'", optarg);
10996                     }
10997                 }
10998                 break;
10999             case TCC_OPTION_E:
11000                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS;
11001                 break;
11002             default:
11003                 if (s->warn_unsupported) {
11004                 unsupported_option:
11005                     warning("unsupported option '%s'", r);
11006                 }
11007                 break;
11008             }
11009         }
11010     }
11011     return optind + 1;
11012 }
11013
11014 int main(int argc, char **argv)
11015 {
11016     int i;
11017     TCCState *s;
11018     int nb_objfiles, ret, optind;
11019     char objfilename[1024];
11020     int64_t start_time = 0;
11021
11022 #ifdef _WIN32
11023     tcc_lib_path = w32_tcc_lib_path();
11024 #endif
11025
11026     s = tcc_new();
11027     output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_EXE;
11028     outfile = NULL;
11029     multiple_files = 1;
11030     files = NULL;
11031     nb_files = 0;
11032     nb_libraries = 0;
11033     reloc_output = 0;
11034     print_search_dirs = 0;
11035     ret = 0;
11036
11037     optind = parse_args(s, argc - 1, argv + 1);
11038     if (print_search_dirs) {
11039         /* enough for Linux kernel */
11040         printf("install: %s/\n", tcc_lib_path);
11041         return 0;
11042     }
11043     if (optind == 0 || nb_files == 0) {
11044         if (optind && verbose)
11045             return 0;
11046         help();
11047         return 1;
11048     }
11049
11050     nb_objfiles = nb_files - nb_libraries;
11051
11052     /* if outfile provided without other options, we output an
11053        executable */
11054     if (outfile && output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY)
11055         output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_EXE;
11056
11057     /* check -c consistency : only single file handled. XXX: checks file type */
11058     if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ && !reloc_output) {
11059         /* accepts only a single input file */
11060         if (nb_objfiles != 1)
11061             error("cannot specify multiple files with -c");
11062         if (nb_libraries != 0)
11063             error("cannot specify libraries with -c");
11064     }
11065
11066
11067     if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11068         if (!outfile) {
11069             s->outfile = stdout;
11070         } else {
11071             s->outfile = fopen(outfile, "w");
11072             if (!s->outfile)
11073                 error("could not open '%s", outfile);
11074         }
11075     } else if (output_type != TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
11076         if (!outfile) {
11077             /* compute default outfile name */
11078             char *ext;
11079             const char *name =
11080                 strcmp(files[0], "-") == 0 ? "a" : tcc_basename(files[0]);
11081             pstrcpy(objfilename, sizeof(objfilename), name);
11082             ext = tcc_fileextension(objfilename);
11083 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
11084             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_DLL)
11085                 strcpy(ext, ".dll");
11086             else
11087             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_EXE)
11088                 strcpy(ext, ".exe");
11089             else
11090 #endif
11091             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ && !reloc_output && *ext)
11092                 strcpy(ext, ".o");
11093             else
11094                 pstrcpy(objfilename, sizeof(objfilename), "a.out");
11095             outfile = objfilename;
11096         }
11097     }
11098
11099     if (do_bench) {
11100         start_time = getclock_us();
11101     }
11102
11103     tcc_set_output_type(s, output_type);
11104
11105     /* compile or add each files or library */
11106     for(i = 0; i < nb_files && ret == 0; i++) {
11107         const char *filename;
11108
11109         filename = files[i];
11110         if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11111             if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, filename,
11112                     AFF_PRINT_ERROR | AFF_PREPROCESS) < 0)
11113                 ret = 1;
11114         } else if (filename[0] == '-' && filename[1]) {
11115             if (tcc_add_library(s, filename + 2) < 0)
11116                 error("cannot find %s", filename);
11117         } else {
11118             if (1 == verbose)
11119                 printf("-> %s\n", filename);
11120             if (tcc_add_file(s, filename) < 0)
11121                 ret = 1;
11122         }
11123     }
11124
11125     /* free all files */
11126     tcc_free(files);
11127
11128     if (ret)
11129         goto the_end;
11130
11131     if (do_bench) {
11132         double total_time;
11133         total_time = (double)(getclock_us() - start_time) / 1000000.0;
11134         if (total_time < 0.001)
11135             total_time = 0.001;
11136         if (total_bytes < 1)
11137             total_bytes = 1;
11138         printf("%d idents, %d lines, %d bytes, %0.3f s, %d lines/s, %0.1f MB/s\n",
11139                tok_ident - TOK_IDENT, total_lines, total_bytes,
11140                total_time, (int)(total_lines / total_time),
11141                total_bytes / total_time / 1000000.0);
11142     }
11143
11144     if (s->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11145         if (outfile)
11146             fclose(s->outfile);
11147     } else if (s->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
11148         ret = tcc_run(s, argc - optind, argv + optind);
11149     } else
11150         ret = tcc_output_file(s, outfile) ? 1 : 0;
11151  the_end:
11152     /* XXX: cannot do it with bound checking because of the malloc hooks */
11153     if (!do_bounds_check)
11154         tcc_delete(s);
11155
11156 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
11157     if (do_bench) {
11158         printf("memory: %d bytes, max = %d bytes\n", mem_cur_size, mem_max_size);
11159     }
11160 #endif
11161     return ret;
11162 }
11163
11164 #endif